In any publicly traded company, shareholders who own a portion of the company can expect a year-end review and a prospectus of what the new year will bring. This is to give some accountability of those running the company to those who’ve invested their time and money into it.

Well, seeing as how you’ve decided to invest at least your time into this podcast, I think it only fair that we give you some sort of report so that we can be somewhat accountable to you for what this show is doing and what it will do in the future.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

I’m Justin Lewis and for over 3 years now, you and I have been figuring out better ways to help you improve your DMing craft without having to devote extra time, money or stress. 

You might be new to the show, in which case, thanks for giving us a chance and letting us invade your earspace, or you might have been with us from the beginning, in which place, please make yourself known to us because we actually have no idea who has been listening to us since the beginning. Whoever you are, we’re happy your here.

Let me let you in on how I view things.

I view you listening to us as an investment. Of course, we are doing everything we can to make sure you get tremendous value everytime you pop us in your earbuds and go for a run, or do the dishes, but frankly, we know what we are. We know we aren’t the most professionally produced show. You can probably tell simply by hearing my baby boy in the background. We also know that we don’t do this full-time and honestly, are still growing as dungeon masters ourselves.

But…

Many of you choose to listen to us anyway. In fact, many of you are grateful to us and have binged our show! Somehow, despite our weaknesses, you’ve still managed to find some good and enjoy it. To me, that shows that you are putting an investment into us. You’re devoting some of your precious time to listen to us and to us that investment of yours requires us to do the very best we can to make the show better.

So for this episode, don’t consider yourself a dungeon master only, but also consider yourself an investor in our show and consider me the CEO giving you a report of how things went this year. Now I know this analogy only goes so far, but I hope you get the idea.

Let me first start off by giving a brief summary of what we did this year:

• Monsters.Rent: When we first started 2024, we had just closed up shop on our previous business model of Monsters.Rent. Obviously, for us to be able to keep doing this podcast, we needed to figure out some way to use it to get resources so we could make it better. Previously, we tried creating a D&D mini subscription rental service. Unfortunately, we just couldn’t figure out how to make the logistics of it work. We had a nice run, but over time we just realized we couldn’t make it work. 
• Session 0 Studios: So instead, we pivoted to Session 0 Studios. We brought on Cayden and Jake and created Session 0 Studios and started our new show The Pact and Boon. For those of you that don’t know, The Pact and Boon is our sister show which is an actual play show following the stories of 3 unlikely adventurers who start their journey in the pits of Hell. Full transparency, over this last year, we had quite a few road bumps with that particular show and have honestly had a pretty hard time aligning ourselves on how to keep it going. If you follow that show, you’ve probably noticed that we’ve been on hiatus for a second. First off, we’re very sorry about that. Because The Pact and Boon is so new, we got excited and bit off more than we could chew. So coming in the new year, we’re going to restart up the show and settle on a more consistent posting schedule even if we don’t post as much. We’ll also have a new element added in where each of us will switch off being the Dungeon Master! Starting in January of 2025 we’ll have Tanner running the show for a while so make sure to tune back in because it will be a very fun time!
• Conventions! With the switch to Session 0 Studios, we made a bigger play to go to events and conventions. I say bigger but really that just means we went from 0 events to technically 3. The first event was Dead Wars hosted by our friend Andrew Ashby of We Geek Together in Provo Utah. Andrew has been so great to us and our shows and we were very lucky to not only attend Dead Wars but also to host one of the panels at the event. Towards the end of this year, I was also able to host 2 panels at Dragonsteel Nexus 2024 which was so fun and, with luck, we’ll be able to release the audio for those of those panels on this show as podcast episodes so stay tuned! 
• Podcast Guests: Over this last year, we were able to get some really great guests on the show! Among some of the more noteworthy were author Dan Wells, and influencers Jay Foster from Swole Initiative and Jay from Jay’s Tabletop Terrain. We were really lucky to make these connections and we’re hopeful to keep doing more with these guests as well as other guests in the future. 
• Our Podcast Appearances: We also appeared as guests on a handful of podcasts which was such a great experience and is honestly one of the best ways to expand our reach and get our name out there.
• Services: As I mentioned, one of the biggest challenges we’ve had with the podcast was getting resources so we could improve the quality of the show, expand our reach, and honestly justify this project to our wives. This year were able to make some great headway into that department. We created a few affiliate relationships with brands like Monument Studios and Roll and Play Press, which, thanks to you, have proven to be pretty successful relationships! In addition to that, we began offering our Professional Dungeon Master services which have grown fairly well, though we expect that particular service to still be in its beginning stages. That service is particularly important because it gives us more experience and puts us in unique and challenging circumstances, all of which helps us create better podcast episodes and help you more and more. In addition to that, we began offering our Dungeon Master coaching services with the first session being a free offering to anyone willing to let us record that and put it up as a podcast episode. So far this service has been very fun, and a great learning experience. We’ve met some very awesome people (spoiler, we’ll be releasing their sessions as episodes in the new year so you can meet them too) and it’s really helped us learn how better to help more and more people. 
• Instagram: Over the last year, I have put a fairly big emphasis into Instagram and growing our presence there. I have not become InstaFamous, and if you know me personally, you know that if it weren’t for the podcast, I wouldn’t really be on Instagram at all. I’m proud of the growth we’ve had on Instagram and that’s important to us because the more reach we have, the easier it will be for us to get higher-tier podcast guests and the more social proof we have. Essentially, the more reach we have, the better we can make the podcast and its content for you.

Overall 2024 was a really great year of growth and new horizons!

Now let’s get into 2025.

1. Let’s get real. First of all, let me be completely frank about the show. This is just from my perspective as I haven’t been able to chat with the other hosts about this yet. While I would love to do this full-time and be able to devote much more time to the show, it’s just not there yet, and unless some things change pretty drastically, I’m not sure that it would be able to sustain even one of our cohosts on a full-time basis. We are all going to do the very best we can, but for most of us, we have other commitments and frankly, other areas of life that require more of our time, attention and diligence. We love the show, and we care deeply for you our listener, but sometimes, you gotta do what you gotta do. So in this next party when I talk about all of the stuff I hope to be able to do in 2025, take it all with a grain of salt. We might not be able to do it simply because we’re doing other stuff to take care of our families. 
2. Podcast Episodes: Ok with that out of the way, the first thing I hope to be able to do is to start releasing extra episodes every week. These episodes will often be Coaching Episodes, sessions from our Professional Dungeon Mastering, or the Homebrew Project we’ve been working on with Rob Van Auken. From time to it might be me giving one of my RAW episodes, and if you’re new what that means is that it’s an episode where I don’t really edit it, and the rules are if I yawn in the episode more than 5 times I owe you another episode. I’ve had a theory for a while that you’d appreciate a 2nd episode each week, and the only way to prove or disprove that theory is to get your feedback via direct messages or just to see whether or not you listen to those episodes.
3. Podcast Guests: Next, my plan is to get better guests on the show. I’m very likely going to have Jay Foster back on the show and maybe Jay from Jay’s Tabletop Terrain. I’m also hoping to start to reach out to bigger names like maybe Matt Colevile. I also want to have Zach from ZachtheBold on Instagram on the show and some of the people that I paneled with at Dragonsteel Nexus. The big thing I really want to do this year is to make real connections with guests rather than have them on the show and just have it be a once and done thing. I’d love to have the guests on the show and then maybe do a one-shot with them and really connect while having fun. 
4. Social Media: This year, I’m going to experiment with social media a little more. I’m going to release the content I’ve been putting out on Instagram, but put it out on TikTok, and maybe even dabble a little into Linkedin, though that will mostly be team-building stuff and I’m still unsure about that. One thing is for sure though, I’m going to scale back the new social media content production to a much slower pace. Posting a new video every day was just too much, and honestly, I think it was somewhat counterproductive algorithm wise. I also think it would be better for me to spend my time creating better quality content rather than more content. But I also hate social media so yeah there’s that.
5. The Pact and Boon: As I’ve already said, we’ll be restarting the Pact and Boon and because of the work we’ve put in in other areas of Session 0 Studios, we do have a little bit more resources to make recording those shows better and easier for us so that it’s both a more convenient experience and a more fulfilling one for you. 
6. Professional DMing: We’re going to continue working on getting professional DMing clients and building out our client base as well as expanding our skill set.
7. DM Coaching: We’re going to continue offering free recorded sessions and hopefully gain a paying client or two, though for now the free session episodes is helping us content wise as well.
8. Patreon: Since we already have Done For You DMing in the form of Professional DMing and Done With You DMing in the form of DM Coaching, we’re going to really work on our Patreon to offer Do It Yourself content in the form of courses, homebrew resources and more. 
9. Youtube
10. Resource Modules
11. WolrdSmith.Io

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

I Made a CR 100 Monster

I made a Monster with a Challenge Rating of 100 Why? Because I could—and it only took me 5 minutes using Worldsmith. And the best part? You can do this and much more. Get a free 7-day trial at session0studios.com/worldsmith and unlock their full suite of TTRPG generators from monsters to mythic magic items and everything in between. Yep, that’s a full 7-day trial—completely free. That’s a whole week of monsters, magic items, and more—whatever you need, zero burnout. Try it now at session0studios.com/worldsmith. Save time and make unlimited creations with Worldsmith.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Welcome back to today's show.

Here's a simple session 0 checklist to help you set your games up for success

Get the First Session Scheduled

Set Expectations

2a. Your Expectations

2b. The party’s Expectations and Wants

Table Rules

The Premise of the Story

Playtesting

Party Connections

Tools

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

I Made a CR 100 Monster

I made a Monster with a Challenge Rating of 100 Why? Because I could—and it only took me 5 minutes using Worldsmith. And the best part? You can do this and much more. Get a free 7-day trial at session0studios.com/worldsmith and unlock their full suite of TTRPG generators from monsters to mythic magic items and everything in between. Yep, that’s a full 7-day trial—completely free. That’s a whole week of monsters, magic items, and more—whatever you need, zero burnout. Try it now at session0studios.com/worldsmith. Save time and make unlimited creations with Worldsmith.

It's hard knowing what to throw at your players during an encounter. Luckily, D&D has a nifty challenge rating system set up to help you out. Easy!.... right? Actually, no. So many DMs don't know how to approach Challenge Ratings for their encounters because of the dense tables and calculations. However, it isn't something worth stressing about at all, as you'll learn in today's episode.

Mentioned in this episode:

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

All things must end. But endings always bring new beginnings. As the year 2024 comes to a close, many of us become thoughtful and introspective. In my case, the introspection has allowed to think on the many changes I’ve personally made throughout this year and the dungeon master I’m morphing into. So today, I’d like to share some of the most important lessons I’ve learned over this last year and hopefully some of these lessons can help you too.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. If you’re listening to this show, you’ve tried not being the dungeon master. You’ve stopped DMing and have just tried to be a player for a while, but for whatever reason, you just can’t not be the DM. Other people stop showing up, you feel the urge to write and run the story or it’s just in your blood. And because of that, we made this show to help you with your affliction! I’m your host Justin Lewis and I’m very happy to be chatting with you today of all days because tomorrow on December 6th, I will be guesting on 2 panels at Dragonsteel Nexus in Salt Lake City. Dragonsteel Nexus is the convention put on by Brandon Sanderson’s company Dragonsteel and I’m lucky enough to be able to participate. If you’re in the area, you should grab a ticket and come and hang out with me in real life. I’ll be joining a panel on TTRPGs for Authors and Writers and another on GMing 101. It should be a fun experience and frankly, I am a little nervous so any positive vibes are appreciated.

This year was the first year where any of us here at Session 0 Studios and How to Be a DM were able to guest on panels. The first happened earlier this year at Dead Wars in Provo Utah and frankly, we’ve all evolved a lot since then.

But before I get to the lessons learned, I must tell you guys something; I’m going to be a little vulnerable here.  I’m a sham.

I’m not saying this for sympathy or anything, I’m just trying to be real and vulnerable. On most days, I feel like a big fat phony. It’s mostly because I honestly consider myself to be a pretty mediocre Dungeon Master. Looking back over my DMing career, I see a huge gap between where I am and where I want to be. It’s humbling really. I’ve gotten so much better over this last year, but that improvement has really only made me more aware of how much farther there still is to go.

When I first started How to Be a Better DM, I started it for a few reasons. First of all, I love podcasts and I love podcasting. Back in 2016 and 2017, I’m pretty sure I told people that podcasts were among the things I did for fun. I love the medium and I love being able to say something. I think we all have something to say, and maybe podcasting is my way of saying something.

Secondly, and this is something most of you are probably not aware of, I had a previous podcast and that turned out to be less than successful, as least in my eyes. I want to do this full-time and the previous podcast wasn’t really going anywhere. It was a personal development podcast about doing hard things to make your life better. I called it The Hard Thing Podcast. Yeah… I know… Not the greatest name. Towards the end, I actually ended up rebranding it to Becoming the Hero which is actually still live to this day. I stopped doing that podcast because I’d tried putting together a summit of previous guests which included a couple navy seals, army rangers and a CIA spy. It was an online summit and even with a small advertising budget, I didn’t get any signups even when I dropped the price to free. I felt like I didn’t have any authority in that space and I eventually stopped putting out episodes because I felt the target market was too broad and that I couldn’t compete. When I stopped putting out episodes and nobody reached out asking where I’d gone, I knew it was the right decision.

In contrast, I saw Dungeons and Dragons as a great market to get into. I love the game and I felt like I did have something to offer. I also felt like the audience was much more specific so maybe my content would resonate more. So far, this show has been much more successful than the previous podcast and that is in no small part thanks to you, my listening friend.

We’ve come a long way to be sure, but the farther we come, the more I realize we need to get so much better and put out much better content for you. Again, it’s humbling to realize the responsibility we have to make our show better because of the trust you’ve put in us. 

So on one hand I feel to say thank you. You’ve allowed me to do some really cool things, things that I don’t necessarily feel like I deserve or merit, but still you’ve allowed me to do them all the same. 

And on the other hand, I feel a weight of responsibility. I want to fulfull on that responsibility, and I want to tell you that I’ll do my best. It’s because of this weight of responsibility that I want to share what I’ve learned this year, to help you know that your investment is paying off.

So let’s get to the most important DMing lessons I’ve learned this year:

Let Go

This is probably the most important lesson I’ve learned as a Dungeon Master, a podcaster and a business partner. Let go. This might be a lesson that is perhaps too individualized for myself, but I tend to grab a hold of things that are important to me and then not let them go, even after I probably should. I grab so tight that they don’t have a chance to grow on their own.

In my D&D games this is manifested in sessions that seemed too stressed out or forced. Deep down it stems from a fearful attitude towards life and  a scarcity mindset.

For you this might show up as never feeling like you have enough prepared for your sessions and always worrying that you won’t know what to do. You might feel a particular road block in your writing and you’ll tend towards trying to railroad your players, not because you actually want to direct the story, but because you are afraid of just letting go and seeing where the story takes you.

To fix this, practice trusting yourself. You don’t have to have everything perfect, but if you trust yourself and believe that whatever the party throws at you will be fun and that you’ll be able to throw something fun back at them, then you’ll see that everything will work out. In a more practical way, prep a session where you purposefully only prepare half of the session, the first half, and then you see where the story takes you.  

What If Questions

I’ve learned, from various podcast interviews that one of the roles of the Dungeon Master is to be a mad scientist. We’re literally supposed to look at the game and the story with a curious eye in addition to our judgemental eye. For me, the most important questions that I could ask are, “What would the party do it….” or “what would happen if I …”

This is the best way to drive your story, because it’s the players that are driving it and you’re simply giving the party the ingredients and they do all the baking, of half-baking in many cases.

When you don’t do this, there isn’t any wonder fo you and you risk telling your players a story rather than letting them discover the story that the table wants to tell. The reason this is an inferior experience is because the game is a collaborative storytelling experience, it’s built so that everyone can build the story together. Besides, everyone at the table has something to contribute, and if you want to tell a story all by yourself, then go write a story!

To do this in practice, between now and your next session ask yourself what would the party do if this happened. In my current campaign, the party is attending a memorial service that then erupted into some sort of cosmic battle with an ancient red dragon appearing out of nowhere. If you’re in my campaign, stop listening.

I was thinking about the red dragon and how they are likely not strong enough to defeat it yet. So I thought, who would be an interesting NPC to introduce? I then had the though, what would happen if the enemies of the party appeared and helped them defeat the red dragon and then asked for a truce with the party to fight a different enemy? What would the party do?

This is an interesting question because I honestly don’t know what the party will say, but I do think that it would be fun to investigate both alternatives.

Sizzle It Up

This lesson is one I learned from our very own Cayden Ottley on the show here. Over the summer, Cayden took over our private campaign to run a story he made and it was a fun and enlightening experience. Cayden is really good at painting miniatures and he used to be a band (see Texture Love on spotify), and as he DMed for us, he used his high-quality painted minis and he even used some voice changing gear and both of these tools made the experience much more fun.

I contrasted that to my own DMing (which is actually something that you shouldn’t do lol, don’t compare) and I realized that I never really put sizzle into my games. Despite what I’ve said on here many times, I wasn’t that much of a showman. 

To be clear, each DM has their own style and each game comes with its own expectations, and you should certainly try to meet those expectations. 

You can however, find ways to add sizzle to the game, add things that might impress the party, add things that take it to the next level. Because of Cayden’s inspiration, I’ve decided to try to start learning how to paint minis and see what other ways I can add sizzle to the game.

In practical terms, here’s what to do. Think about what resources you have at your availability. If you have a room where you can dim the lights, do that. If you have a 3d printer, use that. If you have access to music or ambiance, use that. But don’t just use it, leverage it. Really find out all the tools that you can use and use them to make the game sizzle.

Lean into Your Strengths

In my previous lesson, I mentioned how Cayden is really good at painting minis and he has a background in sound technology. Naturally, he used these two assets to make his game better. Earlier this year, we had a podcast with author Dan Wells. Dan explained that you should figure out what your strengths are as a DM and lean into those, that’s exactly what Cayden did and that’s what I’m trying to do more and more of. 

For sure, finding your strengths as a DM is pretty hard. It takes effort and trial and error. I’m slowly learning that I am better at puzzles and roleplaying than I am at combat. It’s hard to realize that you aren’t that great at combat or whatever it is in your case, but the sooner you can learn the better because then you can do something about it.

I’ve started to lean more into roleplaying and trying to portray characters better.

Have Fun

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM

Today Cayden and Justin sit down with the creators of worldsmith.io to talk about worldbuilding and how to do it more effectively with less time and hassle.

Give Worldsmith a try with a free week trial: https://session0studios.com/worldsmith-podcast

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Want to take your campaign from good to unforgettable? In this episode, we’re diving into the art of foreshadowing! Learn how to plant subtle clues, create epic payoffs, and keep your players hooked with those jaw-dropping "aha!" moments. Whether it’s a prophecy, a recurring symbol, or a suspicious NPC, foreshadowing is your secret weapon for immersive storytelling.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

• What foreshadowing is and why it’s essential for a cohesive campaign.
• The difference between direct and subtle foreshadowing (and when to use each).
• How to plan your big reveals and drop hints that feel natural.
• Practical DM tips for layering clues, using red herrings, and tracking your foreshadowing efforts.
• Real-world examples you can adapt for your table.

Quick Highlights:

• Start with the reveal: What big moment are you building toward?
• Use NPC dialogue, environmental details, and symbols to plant your hints.
• Repeat clues and let them evolve, but avoid overwhelming players with too many.
• Encourage player speculation—sometimes their theories are better than your plans!

Resources Mentioned:

• Tips for managing clues and continuity in your campaign.
• How to balance foreshadowing with the flow of gameplay.

Connect With Us:

Did you use any of these tips in your campaign? Share your story!

• https://session0studios.com/
• https://www.instagram.com/howtobeabetterdmpodcast?igsh=YmU0b3Zsbms1anUw

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Do you think deeply about every piece of loot that you give? Or does your party get a kick out of getting the most random, most funny, more chaotic gear and equipment that D&D has to offer? Depending on your answer, you might want to focus on either personalizing or randomizing how you give out loot. But which is better? Listen to our episode and find out!

Mentioned in this episode:

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM.

Today we talk about how to start an actual play podcast, how to keep going with a creative idea and how to make it happen with Brennon from the Afterlife Pod.

Today is part 1 of a special 2-part series. The 2nd part of this show is over on the Afterlife Pod. You can find out more about the Afterlife Pod at https://www.patreon.com/AfterlifePod/

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Welcome Back to How to Be a Better DM!

Today is a very special episode. Today is a Dungeon Master Coaching episode with our friend Aaron Singh.

Today we talk about Dungeon Mastering for kids and tying up loose ends in your campaign.

If you're interested in having your own dungeon master coaching session go to

https://session0studios.com/coaching. If you let us record the first episode, it's free.

Mentioned in this episode:

Try Worldsmith Today!

Give yourself access to infinite possibilities with Worldsmith! It's the ultimate tool for Dungeon Masters to spark creativity or just save your bacon when you're in a bind. You can generate infinite stories, traps or treasures. Sign up at https://session0studios.com/worldsmith-podcast

Worldsmith

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Your party probably gets into a lot of sticky, unforeseeable moments, where death or a terrible consequence is on the table. At that moment, you might be tempted to utilize a Deus Ex Machina plot device, saving them from their own mistakes through some person or change that they never expected. But is that a crutch for you, or an opportunity? Let's talk about it!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today we talk about the afterlife. Listen to episode 109 of our show to learn about death in D&D if you want more on this topic.

Here are some questions to help you flesh out the topic of the afterlife in you

1. Is there an afterlife?
2. How many types are there? With many different gods who rule over many different domains, you need to know how many afterlifes are there?
3. Are there any negative ones?
4. What is it like in any of those afterlifes? You need some sort of description of the experience a soul would have in that afterlife.
5. What interactions do souls have with their deity and with other souls?
6. What determines whether they end up in one afterlife versus another? Is it a pick and choose, or do actions determine the eternal resting place of a soul.
7. Is there a chance you end up where you don’t want to be?
8. Is it permanent? Once you’re in one type of afterlife, can you change to a different afterlife, even if you don’t want to?
9. Has anyone returned to life from the afterlife? If so, what do they remember?
10. Do people know or understand the afterlife?

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

We’ve all been there: you’ve had a great run with all your players. Month after month, and maybe even week after week, you’ve been able to meet without any significant delays or gaps. And then, all of a sudden, it’s hard to meet. And if you do discuss meeting up, people don’t seem to prioritize it as much. And you’re worried that the campaign might not have much longer to live, so to speak. So, what do you do? Let's talk about it.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Welcome back to today's Show.

Today, we talk about 8 tips for beginner dungeon masters.

1. Stop Waiting - For Finding Players listen to this episode: https://session0studios.com/captivate-podcast/how-to-find-your-dd-group/
2. Push Past the Learning Curve
3. Start where you are.
4. Focus on your Strengths or on Finding your Strengths
5. Don’t Stop - Be Consistent
6. Focus on Player Engagement
7. Do what feels fun and cool
8. Be Real with Your Players

Thanks for listening.

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM

Today we have a special episode with Jay Foster from Swole Initiative (https://swoleinitiative.com/)

Today we talk about a lot of things including:

• The importance of player check-ins
• How to push boundaries without crossing lines or veils
• Why and how to add theme to your game

And more.

If you liked today's episode and you want Jay to come back on the show, go onto Jay's social medias and tell him thanks for joining us and show him some love.

Mentioned in this episode:

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM

This is another RAW episode, which means more personality and less polish.

I'm your host today, Justin Lewis.

Today we talk about what I would spend $50 on to improve my D&D hobby.

This is my list:

1. A dungeon master screen
2. A new Sourcebook
3. A large tablecloth and some pipe cleaner
4. A lot of Foam and some paint
5. A set piece
6. Some LED lights
7. A simple sound system
8. Minis I guess

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Welcome back to the show!

Today we talk about what skills you need to develop as a DM.

• Mechanics

Understanding the basic gameplay of the game

Being able to make twists on the rules or invent new ones to suit your game

• Player Management

Scheduling Management

Relationship Management

• Story Writing

Being able to create beautiful settings

Being able to build amazingly real characters

Plot twists, turns and developments

Pacing

• Roleplaying

Voice Acting

Personification of the different characters

• Improvisation

Previous episode about improv: https://session0studios.com/captivate-podcast/improve-and-comedy/

• Presentation

Online Game Technology Mastery

Minis and Maps

• Lore

Full understanding of the lore of your world

Full understanding of available DnD Lore

• Experience Planning

The extras

The Wow Factor

• Combat

Speeding it up

Keeping it Interesting

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Welcome back to today's RAW podcast episode.

This is a special episode where it is shorter and less edited and more real.

On today's show we talk about 8 voice acting tips from a non-voice actor.

They are:

• Tip #1: Commit
• Tip #2: Faster or Slower
• Tip #3: Eye Contact
• Tip #4: Loud or Quiet
• Tip #5: Pauses or Breaks
• Tip #6: Your Breath
• Tip #7: Inflection and Emphasis
• Tip #8: Accent

If you like today's episode reach out to us and let us know.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Sometimes, it feels like all of your efforts are focused on the things you DON'T feel good at as a DM: maybe you don't feel like you do voices well. Or you don't feel great at drawing maps. Or maybe you feel like combats drag a bit. Whatever it is, you definitely have spent too much time focusing on your weaknesses. Stop it! This episode is all about finding and focusing on your strengths as a DM. You've got them, and we're going to talk about them!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Welcome back to this RAW episode of How to Be a Better DM.

This is from an Instagram Live I did about how to move DnD along when it gets slow and boring.

Here are 8 tips to help you move things along in your DnD games:

1. When the party has been planning too long introduce a complication.
2. Describe something trivial in suspiciously extreme detail.
3. Make the bad guys make a move
4. Jump Cut
5. Talk honestly with your players
6. Skip the Boring Bits
7. Bring the Energy
8. End things Early

Mentioned in this episode:

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM!

Today is a special episode with our guest, author, and professional Dungeon Master Dan Wells!

Check out information about Dan Wells here: https://www.thedanwells.com/

Dan is partnered with Dungeon Master Direct which has some great events coming up: https://dungeonmasterdirect.com/

On today's show, we talk about:

• Professional Dungeon Mastering
• How it's ok to use pre-written modules for professional dungeon master campaigns
• As a dungeon master, you need to figure out your strengths and your weaknesses and lean heavily into those.
• You also need to lean into the collaborative nature of RPGs

This episode was facilitated and recorded in the space at We Geek Together in Provo. You can shop at their store in Provo or online at https://www.wegeektogether.com/

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

You’ve probably wondered if you could do or give more. Specifically with your roleplaying, you may have finished a session and thought that you could do better. I’ve been there too. I’ve had many sessions where I’ve wished that I was a much better roleplayer.

Luckily today, we’re going to share 7 tips to help you give more to your roleplaying.

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM.

This is the show that helps you speed up the learning curve of being a DM without spending extra time, and extra hassle.

I’m Justin Lewis, and I’ve been helping dungeon masters now for over 150 episodes. I’ve spoken with Voice Actors, writers and even real life experts, all to help you be a Better DM.

Why Give more to your Roleplaying:

• We’ve all had those experiences after a really good roleplay where there’s almost this stunned silence
• Part of why we got into D&D was to reach that full immersion
• Your players want you to give everything you have

How to Give more to your Roleplaying:

• Be vulnerable
• Try things that may not work out
• Think about your players altruistically
• Forget yourself
• Try some real life Improv Classes
• Practice your Acting/Public Speaking
• Use the White Space of DMing

Mentioned in this episode:

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today we talk about how to bounce back after a bad session. Today is also a very special episode as it is our first published Dungeon Master Coaching episode.

If you want to sign up for some dungeon master coaching, go to https://session0studios.com/coaching/

If you let us record the first session, the first session is free.

Mentioned in this episode:

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today, we talk with Ethan Myers from Lyres for Hire. you can check him out at https://www.instagram.com/lyresforhire/?hl=en

We talk about some linguistic tactics to use to make characters sound more real.

The 3 recommended in today's show are:

1. Phonotactics: keeping the general rules for sounds and sound pairs consistent within a region
2. Idioms: Creating sayings or turns-of-phrase to communicate complicated ideas
3. Jargon: Specific vocabulary related to niche areas

Thanks for listening and we'll see you next time.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

On today's episode, we have Tyler & Noah, the musical masterminds behind Monument Studios.

As some of you know, Monument Studios has been a sponsor of How To Be a Better DM, and our Live-play D&D show The Pact & Boon for the better part of the past year. Their app Fantasy + is a must have for any dungeon master! Tune in to hear about their upcoming Kickstarter launching on August 20th, and how you can get some of the most amazing rewards ever offered on the platform!

Check out Monument Studios here:

https://www.monumentstudios.net/

Check out their music app Fantasy + here:

https://www.fantasy-plus.com/

Enjoy 10% off your first month with the code BETTERDM. Support us and support these amazing artists, while also giving your players the best experience possible.

Don't forget to check out their Kickstarter as well:

Join the Campaign

Mentioned in this episode:

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM.

Today is a special episode.

In it, you'll hear the first 30 minutes of one of our professional dungeon mastering sessions.

Some of the players are new to D&D and have very little experience.

If you're interested in this episode, and want to hear the rest of the session, reach out to us on our Discord. If enough people reach out, we'll put all of the rest of the session up on the podcast.

If you're interested in having us be your professional dungeon master, go to session0studios.com/dm4hire

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

I Made a CR 100 Monster

I made a Monster with a Challenge Rating of 100 Why? Because I could—and it only took me 5 minutes using Worldsmith. And the best part? You can do this and much more. Get a free 7-day trial at session0studios.com/worldsmith and unlock their full suite of TTRPG generators from monsters to mythic magic items and everything in between. Yep, that’s a full 7-day trial—completely free. That’s a whole week of monsters, magic items, and more—whatever you need, zero burnout. Try it now at session0studios.com/worldsmith. Save time and make unlimited creations with Worldsmith.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

When you are planning a combat encounter, do you know how to get it into the "Goldilocks" zone in terms of length? You don't want it so short that no one got anything out of it, but you also don't want it so long that all the players are secretly praying that it will be over after the next turn.

To help you plan the length of your encounter, whether beforehand or on the fly, here are 3 questions:

• Question #1: Has each player had a chance to feel either useful, powerful, or seriously threatened?
• Question #2: Has this combat encounter had at least one “story-worthy” moment?
• Question #3: Does the length of this combat match its importance?

Learn how these questions can help you execute an appropriately-lengthy combat in today's episode!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Play D&D with Us

Did you know that you can have one of our hosts here at How to Be a Better DM be your dungeon master? That’s right. All of our podcast hosts are professional dungeon masters that you can hire for your private or corporate dungeons and dragons game. We can do one-shots or long-term campaigns. If you want to schedule your first session with us, go to https://session0studios.com/dungeon-master-for-hire/ and get started.

Dungeon Master for Hire

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Things Every Dungeon Master Should Remember

As a Dungeon Master you have so much to remember, it’s a wonder you can even remember your own name. Yet, what if, by remembering a few more things, you were able to not only make your game better, but feel better yourself, and make everything you do as a Dungeon Master better?

I know what it’s like to deal with all the disappointment of a dungeon master. You deal with so much and rarely get thanked for it. Yet that’s ok, because you didn’t get into this game to be thanked. You got into the game to be the best Dungeon Mater you could ever be.

To become the best, here are 11 things that you need to remember.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. This is the show for the Dungeon Master who has other things going on in their life and doesn’t have any extra time to work on their craft. We’ve been crafting episodes just for you for the last 3 years or so, and today are bringing you another personally crafted episode to help you amplify your dungeon master skills.

This will be part 2 of this episode with part 1 having come out yesterday.

Today I'm going to continue on a topic that hearkens back to episode 2!

Here are 11 things every dungeon master should remember.

It’s Not Your Sole Responsibility to Make the Game Amazing

You Get What You Give

It’s All a Skill

You Are Not Matt Mercer or Brenden Lee Mulligan

You Don’t Have to Be Completely Original

Show Don’t Tell

Make It Corny Until It’s Not

It’s Just a Game

Be In the Moment

Your Best Is Yet to Come

It’s Not the Accent but the Actor

Mentioned in this episode:

I Made a CR 100 Monster

I made a Monster with a Challenge Rating of 100 Why? Because I could—and it only took me 5 minutes using Worldsmith. And the best part? You can do this and much more. Get a free 7-day trial at session0studios.com/worldsmith and unlock their full suite of TTRPG generators from monsters to mythic magic items and everything in between. Yep, that’s a full 7-day trial—completely free. That’s a whole week of monsters, magic items, and more—whatever you need, zero burnout. Try it now at session0studios.com/worldsmith. Save time and make unlimited creations with Worldsmith.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Things Every Dungeon Master Should Remember

As a Dungeon Master you have so much to remember, it’s a wonder you can even remember your own name. Yet, what if, by remembering a few more things, you were able to not only make your game better, but feel better yourself, and make everything you do as a Dungeon Master better?

I know what it’s like to deal with all the disappointment of a dungeon master. You deal with so much and rarely get thanked for it. Yet that’s ok, because you didn’t get into this game to be thanked. You got into the game to be the best Dungeon Mater you could ever be.

To become the best, here are 11 things that you need to remember.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. This is the show for the Dungeon Master who has other things going on in their life and doesn’t have any extra time to work on their craft. We’ve been crafting episodes just for you for the last 3 years or so, and today are bringing you another personally crafted episode to help you amplify your dungeon master skills.

This will be part 1 of this episode with part 2 coming out tomorrow.

Today I'm going to continue on a topic that hearkens back to episode 2!

Here are 11 things every dungeon master should remember.

It’s Not Your Sole Responsibility to Make the Game Amazing

You Get What You Give

It’s All a Skill

You Are Not Matt Mercer or Brenden Lee Mulligan

You Don’t Have to Be Completely Original

Show Don’t Tell

Make It Corny Until It’s Not

It’s Just a Game

Be In the Moment

Your Best Is Yet to Come

It’s Not the Accent but the Actor

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Play D&D with Us

Did you know that you can have one of our hosts here at How to Be a Better DM be your dungeon master? That’s right. All of our podcast hosts are professional dungeon masters that you can hire for your private or corporate dungeons and dragons game. We can do one-shots or long-term campaigns. If you want to schedule your first session with us, go to https://session0studios.com/dungeon-master-for-hire/ and get started.

Dungeon Master for Hire

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Have you ever seen amazing terrainscapes worthy of legend and have looked on with envy?

Do you want to learn how to start getting into terrainscaping so you can have amazing battlemaps like all of the famous actual play shows?

Well, this is the episode for you.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today Justin and Tanner are joined by Jay from Jay's Tabletop Terrain on Instagram. You can learn more about Jay and what he does by going to: https://www.instagram.com/jays_tabletop/

In today's episode we talk about questions like these:

• How does one start into crafting or assembling terrain for their D&D games?
• Which is cheaper in the longer run, buying/3d printing or crafting terrain?
• What handful of pieces are staples and should be first in the list to start with?
• How do you measure distance for tactics in combat if there isn't a grid?
• How do you use terrain to improve the gameplay rather than taking away from it?

And more.

Let us know how you like this episode, but thanks for giving it a try.

We'll be back next time with another great episode.

Until then, let's roll initiative.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Play D&D with Us

Did you know that you can have one of our hosts here at How to Be a Better DM be your dungeon master? That’s right. All of our podcast hosts are professional dungeon masters that you can hire for your private or corporate dungeons and dragons game. We can do one-shots or long-term campaigns. If you want to schedule your first session with us, go to https://session0studios.com/dungeon-master-for-hire/ and get started.

Dungeon Master for Hire

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Welcome to How To Be a Better DM. In today's episode I (Cayden) go over 3 of the biggest lessons I've learned over this past year as I've started running D&D games for my friends & family. Hopefully something in this episode inspires those of you who have yet to give DM'ing a shot, to try it out.

Mentioned in this episode:

Play D&D with Us

Did you know that you can have one of our hosts here at How to Be a Better DM be your dungeon master? That’s right. All of our podcast hosts are professional dungeon masters that you can hire for your private or corporate dungeons and dragons game. We can do one-shots or long-term campaigns. If you want to schedule your first session with us, go to https://session0studios.com/dungeon-master-for-hire/ and get started.

Dungeon Master for Hire

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Should you encourage your players to run a business in your campaign? What would that even look like? And, most importantly, can allowing players to run a business in your D&D Campaign become an additive to the overall story, or a distraction? Tanner explores these questions, their many other nuances, and the effects of a player-run, in-game business on your campaign.

Also, if you'd be interested in supporting us and this show, sign up for our new Patreon: patreon.com/Session0Studios

Mentioned in this episode:

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Try Worldsmith Today!

Give yourself access to infinite possibilities with Worldsmith! It's the ultimate tool for Dungeon Masters to spark creativity or just save your bacon when you're in a bind. You can generate infinite stories, traps or treasures. Sign up at https://session0studios.com/worldsmith-podcast

Worldsmith

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today is a special bonus episode. We were fortunate enough to have been invited onto RPG Academy. Listen to our conversation but absolutely check them out at https://therpgacademy.com/

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Try Worldsmith Today!

Give yourself access to infinite possibilities with Worldsmith! It's the ultimate tool for Dungeon Masters to spark creativity or just save your bacon when you're in a bind. You can generate infinite stories, traps or treasures. Sign up at https://session0studios.com/worldsmith-podcast

Worldsmith

“You creep slowly through the cobwebbed dark of the crypt, your breath coming out in puffs of steam that you’re trying your hardest to cover. You reach the corner and peer around down the hall. You see the source of the thumping sound. It’s a creature the size of an ogre, with the same proportions. The only difference is that where an ogre would have 1 head, this creature has 6, along with 3 extra arms and a 3rd leg that it drags behind it. Oh… and the entire body seems sewn together in the most grotesque way….

It’s some night in the future. That’s the sound of you pulling off the perfect one-shot. You’ve gathered a full party of friends and now you’re playing a once in a lifetime game.

But how do you create the once-in-a-lifetime One-Shot?

One-shots are fun, but getting them right is a skill that needs to be developed. Luckily for you, I’m going to share some tips that will help improve every single one-shot you ever play. The more often you play, the more likely it is that you create the Once-In-a-Lifetime One-shot.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. This is the show that helps you, the Dungeon Master, craft better stories in less time and with less stress. We’ve been helping dungeon masters new and old for over 150 episodes now. I’m Justin Lewis and I’ll be your guide for today.

I love one-shots!

You probably know that if you’ve listened to the show for any amount of time.

If you want to go back and listen to the other episodes I’ve done about one-shots you can listen to:

Episode 1

Episode 12

Episode 24

Episode 38

Episode 82

And Episode 101.

The Most important would be Episode 82 which is 10 Reasons to Do One-Shots as a Dungeon Master.

So I’m not going to talk about why you should do one-shots, but just know that you absolutely should.  

Instead, today I want to talk about some more tips to help you push the limits of your abilities. I want you to make your next one-shot the best the world has ever seen.

Tip #1: Go All Out

Going all out for a campaign could be daunting and possibly exhausting depending on a lot of factors and circumstances. 

Going all out for a one-shot is much easier in comparison. So with this next one-shot you do, give it everything you got.

It’s a simple fact of dungeon master, and most things in life actually, but what you put into something is what you’ll get out of it.

With your next one-shot, go all out!

Obviously I say that hoping you’ll exercise some degree of temperance. I don’t expect you to rent out a suit of armor and act out every single part. Use your judgment.

But if you are thinking critically, then you’ve probably thought of at least some sort of 1% type action that you could do that you don’t normally do. Maybe you don’t do music and you could add it to your game. Maybe getting some real candles could spice up the atmosphere. Try to push yourself just that little bit and go the extra mile. Your players will appreciate the effort.

Tip #2: Write It Yourself

As a DM, you’ll need to practice the creativity it takes to manage and perform full campaigns. Practicing your writing abilities goes a long way toward that end. So with your next one-shot, try to write the entire thing yourself. It’s a great practice in story creation, development, pacing and character creation. 

Because one-shots are so short, your story needs to be punchy as do the characters. You know pretty easily and clearly, if the story doesn’t really land.

One-shots are also a great opportunity to try writing stories that you don’t normally tell to stretch yourself and push your limits.

Tip #3:Be Clear About the Character Creation Options

When preparing your one-shot, prepare the character creation options for your players. Because it is a one-shot, you are going to go all out. Your players are going to do the same exact thing. They will try to make the most wacky characters and sometimes the most min-maxy characters. This could easily break your one-shot.

If you’re trying to write and publish a one-shot then this is a good thing. You want to test out the limits of what you’ve created.

But if you’re just playing for fun, then maybe say no to the changelings or the flying creatures. 

At least just know what you want to allow and what you don’t so that when character creation happens, you aren’t making things up on the spot. 

Tip #4: Plan for a Small Break in the Middle

To make the one-shot even more fun, plan a small break in the middle. Announce the break at the beginning of the game and explain when it will happen. This will help your players manage themselves so that they don’t get up and grab something during some of the best parts of the one-shot.

It also makes the mood much more relaxes and allows you to strategize and gameplan in the middle of the session.

Tip #5: Playtest what You’ve Written

Since you’ve written this one-shot, I’d highly recommend playtesting it as much as is possible. If all you can do is just a quick run-through in your head, that is exponentially better than not doing that.

If you can, test out parts of the one-shot, either with yourself or with some volunteers to make sure the mechanics work and are interesting. You’re also trying to ensure that the game isn’t too easy or too difficult.

Playtesting will allow you to make sure the game is going to be fun.

More than anything though, it will allow you to just remember what you’ve got going on. Going through it once or twice will allow you to more easily recall the important elements during the game.

Tip #6: Try a Theme or Mechanic You’ve Never Done Before

This tip goes in line with the tip to go all out, but this is your opportunity to try a rule you’ve never used before. Try out insanity mechanics or the Alert Level mechanics. If you get it wrong, that’s fine because it’s a one-shot.

Some other interesting mechanics you may try out are:

Diseases

Called Shots

Possession

Metamorphosis/Transformation

Reputation

Sentient Weapons

Weapons that Grow or Build

Persuasion of the Masses.

Those are just some examples, but hopefully, they got you thinking of what you could try out.

Tip #7: Don’t Worry About Making It Unique

This tip might be somewhat contradictory of tip #1, but don’t worry about making it unique. 

What I mean by that is that you might be tempted to try to make it something no one has ever seen before. Even as I write this, I am thinking of a one-shot I’m preparing. As I’ve been working on it, from time to time I’ll think, “Well that sounds exactly like so many other shows out there. This character won’t work because it’s such a cliche”.

Don’t worry about that. The uniqueness that we all crave so much will come in time. Just focus on making this one-shot as fun as possible. If you do that and you really care about your party, then it will all fall into place.

Tip #8: Consider Letting the Party Plan the Classes

One problem one-shots can run into is having 3 rangers in the party (speaking from experience).

If that’s what the party wants, then that’s fine, but if you sense some awkwardness as the party is describing and introducing their character, then that’s probably why.

When people make characters, they often want their character to feel special and unique. Often, if there is more than one character with the same class at the table, there is a chance that one of them doesn’t feel unique.

Before the one-shot, connect all your players together with a text thread, a phone call, an email or even an in-person meeting **GASP**.

Let them talk about what each of them want to play as before the game begins. This can help them form a good party, or just avoid forming a bad one. 

It can also allow the party to hash out how their characters know and relate to each other. If you want, you can insert that bit yourself, but giving them parameters (you all know each other and have worked with each other for a while) can allow them the creative freedom to come up with some pretty cool stuff.

Tip #9: Skip the Boring Bits

You see this on a lot of actual play shows where there is a time limit, but they do skip a lot. In your one-shot play, you don’t need to do the traveling and exploring if you don’t want to. If there is something that seems boring, then move on.

Because one-shots are often with limited time, you often do have to trim the fluff or risk not being able to finish.

This is actually good practice for normal games. Sometimes we ask for skill checks just to add some sort of difficulty rather than actually pushing for an interesting story. When you trim the fluff and skip the boring bits, you’re always evaluating whether the current encounter or scene is worth doing. Having that mental critique is useful because hopefully, at the end of the day, everything that happened was 100% worthwhile to the party.

Tip #10: No Phones or Tablets

I know that nowadays in the crazy digital age, we’re all slaves to our devices. But every once in a while, it’s a nice treat to get back to the origins of tabletop roleplaying games. 

Do away with the phones and tablets and computers. Have everyone agree to use pen and paper for the one shot. They can write down the spells they are going to use before hand.

I know this is (weirdly) a big ask.

But getting them to give you their full attention (so no phone distractions) can make for a very fun game. Plus, I think a good amount of us need the break.

There you have it, 10 more tips to help you make each one shot you do even better than the last. As I mentioned at the start of the show, one-shots are so important. 

Often, getting a group to stay together is one of the hardest parts of a being a dungeon master. If you can get good at doing one-shots, you’ll enjoy yourself much more because your scheduling headaches will be limited to just one day rather than week-in and week-out.

With these 10 tips, you’ll be able to have a much more fun time. I am curious though. What sort of one-shot will you create?

When you do any sort of one-shot, reach out to us and let us know how it goes for you. We’d love to be a part of your journey.

As you go on and DM, you’ll have ups and downs and all arounds. No matter the challenges you face, keep going. Every man, woman and child is better on the other side of challenge. Thanks for listening to How to Be a Better DM. It’s you who makes this possible. So with your blessing, we’ll be back next week for another great episode, but until then, let’s go ahead and roll initiative.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

I Made a CR 100 Monster

I made a Monster with a Challenge Rating of 100 Why? Because I could—and it only took me 5 minutes using Worldsmith. And the best part? You can do this and much more. Get a free 7-day trial at session0studios.com/worldsmith and unlock their full suite of TTRPG generators from monsters to mythic magic items and everything in between. Yep, that’s a full 7-day trial—completely free. That’s a whole week of monsters, magic items, and more—whatever you need, zero burnout. Try it now at session0studios.com/worldsmith. Save time and make unlimited creations with Worldsmith.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

How do you improvise things that make the game better? How do you add comedy to the game without making it corny?

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. Today I talked with TJ Salmon from Comedy Sports, located in Provo Utah. For more information check out https://www.comedysportzutah.com/

The biggest lesson of today's show is that improv, and comedy, both of them, it's not about you. The best Dungeon Masters do everything they can for their players. They build the story on what their characters add. The best way to be a DM is to DM for your players.

Thanks for listening today.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

I Made a CR 100 Monster

I made a Monster with a Challenge Rating of 100 Why? Because I could—and it only took me 5 minutes using Worldsmith. And the best part? You can do this and much more. Get a free 7-day trial at session0studios.com/worldsmith and unlock their full suite of TTRPG generators from monsters to mythic magic items and everything in between. Yep, that’s a full 7-day trial—completely free. That’s a whole week of monsters, magic items, and more—whatever you need, zero burnout. Try it now at session0studios.com/worldsmith. Save time and make unlimited creations with Worldsmith.

In today's episode, we talk to Jake Packham, who is the dungeon master behind our live-play show "The Pact & Boon." Listen as we ask Jake how he goes about applying his inspiration to create compelling campaigns, and grow his home-brew world of Calignos.

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Here's a bonus episode for you about how to World Build with Your players and Characters in mind.

Here are some helpful tips:

• When you world build for players, you leave open spaces that players can help fill
• It gives your worldbuilding direction, which makes the story that much better.
• It saves time and effort because you only build about 20% more than what the players will interact with. Think about rendering in Minecraft.
• Your players get to help build the world 
• You can add cool things as you progress through the story

Hope you enjoyed this Instagram Live episode.

Happy DMing

Mentioned in this episode:

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

In today's episode of How to Be a Better DM, we are continuing our exploration of downtime activities, and we are focusing on the mother of all "timewasters," carousing! But, is it a waste of time? Or is carousing in D&D one of the best opportunities to enrich your story, introduce characters, and build memories through the craziest experiences!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Abridged Show Notes

Feeling overwhelmed by D&D campaign planning? Struggle to connect your grand ideas into a single, captivating story? This episode unveils the CASE Framework, a simple yet powerful system that will transform your planning sessions. Learn how to craft unforgettable campaigns, memorable story arcs, and engaging encounters that will leave your players begging for more. Listen in and unleash the true potential of your D&D world!

Planning Your D&D Campaign with the CASE Framework

This episode dives into the CASE Framework, a system for planning D&D campaigns of any size.

The CASE Framework stands for:

• Campaign: The overall plot of your entire campaign.
• Arc: Story Arcs within the campaign, like modules you might run from a book.
• Session: Individual sessions that make up your story arcs.
• Encounter: Specific challenges or interactions within a session (combat, puzzles, social encounters, etc.)

The framework helps you brainstorm and organize your ideas, ensuring everything ties together into a cohesive story.

FULL SHOW NOTES

Why is planning sometimes the hardest part of being a dungeon master? Wouldn’t it be nice to have some sort of guide to help you through your planning, no matter what you are planning for? On today’s episode, I’m going to introduce you to the CASE framework. Through it, you can take any aspect of the entire campaign and work on it without having to worry about writer’s block. This framework will help new Dungeon Masters the most, though old DMs will likely benefit from using it as well.

The CASE Framework is incredibly simple, but often, it’s the simple things in life that save us time, energy and money. 

This is How to Be a Better DM, brought to you by Session 0 Studios, and I’m your host Justin Lewis. Our show has been helping dungeon masters new and old for over 150 episodes now and today we are going to help you tell better stories for yourself and your friends as you play D&D. 

Want to start out the show today with a few words of gratitude. Over the last couple of months, the show has grown, we’ve launched our new Actual Play show, we’ve done a panel at our first live event, and we’ve just been blown away by the support you’ve given us.

Now enough sappiness. Let’s talk about the CASE Framework.

Why the CASE Framework

The CASE Framework will help you break down each individual part into smaller constituent parts. It will also help you make sense of the smaller parts by fitting them into the larger framework.

One of the most important parts of the story is the throughline. It’s not a story unless all of the events are connected. If they weren’t, they’re just random events, not necessarily one story. Having the same character throughout each event isn’t enough. They need to tie together somehow. You can have “side quests” but the campaign should feel like a campaign.

The nice thing about the CASE Framework is that you can really start your planning with any part of the framework. It helps to remember the framework as a whole so that as you do plan the S for example, you keep in mind the A and the E and to a lesser extent the C.

Let me also explain that this framework doesn’t touch improv during your game. This is all about the prep so any improv you do will have to use some of our other tips.

One last thing that is nice about this framework is that it can help you plan the timing of your game. Despite how much we may not want them to, all things come to an end. That’s a good thing, because the longer something goes on, the higher the chance there is that it spoils. Every story has a climax then a wrap-up and a close. D&D is no different. Knowing the climax and the end from the beginning can help make sure the campaign doesn’t get stale. If it’s boring, it’s time to move on.

Now let’s get into the framework.

The framework goes as follows

Campaign

Arc (as in Story Arc)

Session

Encounter

Campaign

C stands for Campaign. As I mentioned at the start of today’s episode, each part of the framework is tied to the parts before and after. The C and E are a little bit different because obviously they are only tied to one other part. 

In this step, you think about the main plot line of the campaign. The CASE framework works so well because you can start with any part of it, whatever is easiest for you to get going. 

You also need to think about the scope of what you are planning. If you want to run a full campaign then you need to do the C. If you only want to run a small Campaign, or a Story Arc then you just need the ASE. Lastly, if you want to do a one-shot, then you just need the SE.

A campaign is generally made up of at least a few story arcs. 

For the purpose of the CASE Framework, when you work on the C you’re going to work on it in 3 parts.

1. The General Idea (You’ll get used to doing this)
2. Break the Idea into Steps (Story Arcs)
3. Develop the Important Players

Let’s go through each of these.

When planning a campaign and you decide to start on the C of CASE, the easiest way to start is with the general idea of the campaign. 

In my case, this is where I toy with multiple ideas to settle on the one that I actually want to pursue. For example, I’m starting to plan the next homebrew campaign for my friends.

If any of you are listening, stop listening right now. Also for the rest of you, this will likely give away some spoilers for any one-shots that I put on for you in the future, so keep that in mind. 

I’m planning on putting the next campaign I run in my homebrew world of Integrity. I’ve talked a lot about this world, but it’s constantly changing. 

So as of right now, I’ve got a few main plot lines bouncing around in my head, for example

• Humans are dying off because their connection to an Elder Diety is gone, so now there is an organization called the Unseen that is trying to reverse that but they are going about it in the very worst ways
• The world itself is in chaos and every nation is poised for all out war. Basically the world is on the brink of world war. There is also a secret organization called The Breach that is led by a man who wants to bring peace to the world. To do this, he is trying to conquer the world. He believes that either he will succeed and conquer everything, uniting the world under himself, or the rest of the world will unite against him. Either way, he believes the world will be united.
• Originally, on this world, the Elder Diety was threatened by the falling of a corrupted seed from the Worlds Tree (Yggrdasil). That seed fell into the world and started corrupting the lesser gods, turning many of them to be evil. That seed is still in the world, and whatever protection the elder god used to keep the corruption at bay is no longer working, and now the corruption is not just moral but it’s also physical.

I have more ideas but you get the idea. I’ve been working on these major plotlines for a while. They all seem very interesting to me, but I don’t want to create a campaign that lasts forever. 

So what will likely happen is that I will pick maybe one or two of these major plot points and set them into motion, meanwhile, I might pick one or two of the plot lines I didn’t choose and use them as minor story arcs. Either way, putting the ideas on paper like this helps me to realize what I want to do with my campaign. 

I know a lot of people love to wing it, and that’s totally fine, but you don’t get the amazing callbacks or foreshadowing that you may find in well-thought-out novels if you do that. Having a strategy is never a bad thing.

It’s also the opportune moment to think of the theme for your campaign. Some people don’t care to put themes in the campaign, but I think it can leave a nice little easter egg for your players if they are paying attention (and if you do it right).

The theme should help flavor and govern everything you do to a very small extent. For most part, about 20% of what you do should be overtly theme related and the other 80% should be subtly theme related.

Let’s talk about an example just to hammer down this point.

One theme that I’ve been thinking about that may or may not connect with any of the previous plot lines I mentioned is the idea of change.

I might not be able to articulate it well, but what is mean is the involuntary change that happens throughout the course of life. It’s that feeling you get when you look back over a year, two or three and realize that without even trying to, you have changed and become something different, for better or for worse.

I’ve thought that it might be cool to create some enemies, or big bosses that can literally corrupt, even from the viewpoint of turning humans into monstrous creatures. Perhaps, summed up, the theme would be metamorphosis. I think it might be cool to play with that.

For most of the campaign I would probably try to make it so NPCs react to the PCs differently after some time to highlight the changes. For the overt 20% that is highly tied to the theme, I would probably have some sort of traumatic event happen to one of the PCs that could possibly force them to multiclass or physically change them somehow.

But that’s enough about the campaign at large. Let’s dive into story arcs.

Arc

The Story Arcs could be considered a campaign within a campaign. Often the modules you can run from books could be considered either Campaigns or Story Arcs, depending on how long the module is or how long the DM strings it out to be.

Just like most stories, the story arc has a beginning a middle and end. One of the major differences between the story arc and the Campaign is that the Campaign plot line might be interrupted by a non-salient story arc while the story arc might be interrupted by a non-salient session or two.

Let explain what I mean.

In a campaign, let’s the say the main plot line is to have the party fight the Dragon Queen.

As a DM you are well within your rights to introduce a story arc that follows the desire of one of the PCs to acquire an ancient Ancestor Blade. In this story arc, the party fights not dragons, but giants and the entire feel is off. The party would understand that this isn’t the main plot line and when they are done they will get back to what is more pressing.

Now in the Story Arc where the party decides to look for the ancestor blade, there might be a few sessions where they decide to just go shopping, which doesn’t necessarily move them towards their goals. They might want extra gold for the shopping, so they could theoretically take a job in the local town of clearing out a nearby band of gnolls. That would take a couple sessions and would not be connected to the giants or the dragons in any way.

Does that make sense?

When it comes to story arcs, the theme and purpose can be much more specific than the campaign. In my previous examples, my campaign plot lines were focused on the world as a whole. The themes had to do with personal change, unwanted or otherwise.

Within this campaign, I’ve been thinking of toying around with some story arcs that would fit within it, for example:

• A story arc that involves the party getting shipwrecked.
• A story arc to introduce the Breach, the worldwide domination organization
• A story arc to walk my party through Spark, a very unstable and powerful magical drug that one of the countries actually uses for technology

And these aren’t even touching any of the story arcs my players will introduce just by having compelling backstories.

Just like campaigns, story arcs need adventure hooks. The best part about a story arc is that the adventure hook and how your players react to it determines whether the story arc will pan out and become part of the campaign. If you drop the hook, but your party doesn’t grab onto it then you don’t really need to worry about that particular story arc.

If the hook is related to an important plot point for the campaign, then tough luck. I hate to tell you this, but unless you want to railroad your party then they can choose what to pursue or what not to pursue.

That said, there is nothing wrong with making consequences happen from choices the party makes or doesn’t make.

Let’s say you drop the hook that there is a kingdom nearby where the king has been curse and is suddenly an undead lich. Let’s also say they don’t investigate that hook.

They can’t get mad at you when the Lich’s kingdom suddenly attacks one of the neighboring kingdoms, a kingdom the party is in, with an undead horde. You as the DM introduced a problem and they let the problem simmer and grow. The problem still exists despite the party’s lack of interest in the problem.

Some story arcs will go the way of the dinosaurs though and won’t even exist if the party doesn’t investigate them. That’s ok. Let it happen. You have so many other fun and interesting ideas anyways.

Session

After the Story Arc comes the Session. These are the daily building blocks of your story arc and campaign. Without the session, nothing happens.

Just like with the Arc and the Campaign, you want to think about the purpose and goal of your session.

I think it’s good to remind you about the PUT A CLUE framework that I introduced back around episode 151.

P stands for Purpose

U stands for Unfinished Business

T stands for Timeline

A stands for Arcs and Acts

C stands for characters

L stands for location

U stands for the Unexpected

E stands for encounters.

I won’t go into the full framework, but I do want to touch on a few parts.

First of all, like I said, you want to think about the purpose and goal of the session. This is so very very important because it sets the tone for everything else you do as far as session prep is concerned. You need to think about the feeling and mindset you want your party members to be in at the end of the session. You can even think about what they were feeling at the end of last session to help bring it all together.

Let me also point out that the A and E are relevant to what we are talking about today. 

The A stands for Arcs and Acts, forcing you to think about how the session fits into the story arc as a whole. The E stands for encounters, making you think about the encounters that will make up your session.

The CASE framework works on the idea that each component makes up the larger part that it fits into. Your sessions make up your story arcs and your encounters make up your sessions.

You can use this to plan the timing and the continuity of each part.

One last note about sessions is to remember to give yourself some breathing room. Plan too much but relax and let what happens happen. No need to worry about every single little detail, though you can spend a lot of time in preparation.

Encounter

Finally, we get down to the Encounter level. Just like with every other step, you want to think about the purpose of each individual encounter.

As a basic rule of thumb, each session could have 3-5 encounters, although you could have more or less depending on the session.

When you build out the encounter you want to remember what you want to accomplish with this particular encounter. Sometimes the purpose could be as simple as giving the party a challenge. I think the best encounters are ones where the purpose is not so obvious. For example, one purpose might be to make the party feel endangered, or maybe one encounter’s purpose is to hint at a plot secret.

Intrinsically connected to the purpose will be the type of encounter it is. For example, a puzzle encounter might have a difficult job of making the party feel in danger, if there are no combat or trap elements. Similarly, a combat encounter will have a hard time hinting out a major plot point if there is no social element involved or if it is a straightforward combat encounter. So think about what type of encounter you want it to be.

For those of you who use random table generators, I would also encourage you to think outside the box in every single encounter. Don’t let an encounter slip by without adding in something cool and memorable. Let’s say that you roll on a random table and now the party is fighting a group of 3 bugbears. It should be a simple encounter, because your party is a much higher level than the bugbears after all. So what if the three bugbears resembled the Three Stooges? This combat encounter would quickly turn into something else that is much more memorable and hopefully enjoyable. You can make every encounter just that much more special if you so choose.

How to Use the CASE Framework

Now let’s come to the most practical part of today’s show.

How do you use the CASE Framework?

If you remember, the CASE framework is supposed to help you prepare any individual part of your D&D experience.

You use this framework quite simply.

Step 1: Choose the portion you wish to work on. 

If you are not in a current campaign, then the most logical step is to work on creating the campaign. If you are in the middle of a campaign, then you need to choose between working on the next Story Arc, Session or Encounter.

Step 2: Review the larger portions around the part you want to work on. If you are working on the Story Arc, then you need to review the Campaign work that you’ve already done. Think about the major themes of the campaign and the things that you want to accomplish. 

Step 3: Split what you are working on into its smaller parts. So if you are working on the Story Arc, you can logically split it into groupings of sessions. 

Step 4: Fill in the Details. Everything to this point has gotten you the bare bones. What’s left is to just fill them in.

The CASE Framework doesn’t help you do all of the work. Instead, it orients you and gets you started in the right direction with the right scope. It’s really more of a compass and a map. It points you towards what you should do and helps remind you of what you have done.

End

D&D can be a complicated thing. Sometimes as DMs we overcomplicate. I am 100% at fault there. The real magic happens when you can simplify a great story. If it’s simple, yet gripping, then there’s no way for you to mess it up.

The CASE Framework is an attempt to help simplify and demystify the entire Planning process. It doesn’t give you the exact details of every moment, but rather it helps you tie it all together. It helps you create 1 story, rather than a series of random and unconnected episodes. If that’s what you were going for, then that’s totally ok. For those of us who want to create something more integrated, this should help.

Remember

Campaign

Arc

Session

Encounter.

If you ever need to improvise anything, just remember to think about the entire framework when you do.

With this framework, I believe you’ll plan your entire...

Welcome back to another episode.

Today we walk about railroading, allowing players to do whatever they want, focusing on player perception and making sure the game is fun for the player at all times.

If you want more, check out session0studios.com

If you want more specific resources, check out these other episodes:

Tips for Improv: Episode 161

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Ever dreamt of creating the perfect D&D game room, but felt overwhelmed by budget, and space limitations, or clueless about the coolest tech hacks? This episode is your one-stop guide! We'll delve into inspiring ideas, from crafting an immersive atmosphere to incorporating unexpected gadgets to elevate your campaign. Whether you're a seasoned Dungeon Master or a newbie setting up your first session, get ready to transform your game room into a legendary space that will have your players begging for more!

Craft Your Dream D&D Game Room: From Budget Hacks to Tech Tricks

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. In this episode, we journey deep into the realm of D&D game room creation with the incredible Daniel Hanzlian, the mastermind behind the inspiring Instagram account @danzlianthedm! If you've ever fantasized about building the ultimate space for epic campaigns but felt restricted by budget, space, or a lack of tech know-how, then buckle up!

We'll cast a spell on the following:

• Budget-Friendly Fantasy: Unleash the power of creative solutions and discover how to craft an immersive atmosphere without breaking the bank.
• Optimizing Your Space: Maximize your square footage for legendary gameplay, whether you have a grand hall or a cozy corner.
• Tech Hacks for Tabletop Titans: Learn how to leverage unexpected gadgets and digital tools to elevate your campaign to new heights.
• From Inspiration to Implementation: Turn your game room dreams into reality with a step-by-step approach that's both practical and awe-inspiring.

Ready to transform your game room into a haven for unforgettable adventures? Dive into this episode and discover the secrets to crafting a legendary space that will have your players cheering for more!

For more ideas and inspiration, be sure to check out Daniel's work on Instagram: @danzlianthedm

Find out more at https://session0studios.com/

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Welcome back to today's show.

Today, Tanner and Justin have the great pleasure of joining the Level Up Your Gaming Podcast (https://levelupyourgaming.buzzsprout.com/) with hosts Josh and Aaron to talk about transplanting rules into your game from different RPG systems.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

What's up everyone! Thanks for listing to how to be a better DM. Here's a quick synopsis of today's episode hosted by (me) Cayden Ottley.

In today's episode I talk about 10 places that you need in any fantasy town that your players are visiting. This obviously varies from place to place depending on setting, political system, and your own rules to name a few, but this comprehensive list will help you get started. Enjoy!

1. Tavern - A place to meet, drink, dance, and potentially hear gossip. The Tavern creates great rollplaying opportunities and is a classic place to receive epic quests. 
2. Marketplace - Every town will have some sort of commerce. People need to make a living! A marketplace allows the party to pick up unique items unique to the area, and potentially meet some interesting NPC’s.
3. Government Building - The place where decisions are made and justice is served. This is the place for political intrigue, where players might petition for help, confront corrupt officials, or attend important meetings.
4. Blacksmith’s Shop - No town is complete without at least a few blacksmith’s shops. This is where weapons are forged, armor is repaired, and custom gear can be crafted. The blacksmith can be a valuable ally, providing expertise and perhaps even quests.
5. Church or other site of worship - Spirituality plays a crucial role in many fantasy settings, so a church or other site of worship is a must. This place provides solace, guidance, and perhaps divine intervention. 
6. Food or wealth source - Every town needs a source of sustenance and income. This could be a farm, a mine, a fishing dock, or any other resource. It’s the lifeblood of the town’s economy and a potential source of conflict or adventure.
7. Jail - The jail is where lawbreakers are kept, and it can be a grim reminder of the town’s darker side. It’s also a potential adventure site—whether your players are breaking someone out, investigating a mysterious prisoner, or serving time themselves.
8. Hospice - A place of healing is vital for any community. The hospice, whether it’s a grand hospital or a healer’s cottage, offers medical care and respite for the sick and injured. It can be a haven for your players to recover, learn about local ailments, or meet knowledgeable healers who may need help with curing a mysterious disease.
9. Criminal Layer or Resistance Base -  Every town has its shadows. A criminal lair or resistance base adds depth and intrigue. This hidden location is where rogues gather, plots are hatched, and rebellions are planned. Whether it's a thieves' guild, a rebel hideout, or a smuggler’s den, this place can provide players with under-the-table jobs, secret information, and morally complex decisions.
10. Inn - Last but certainly not least is the inn. Similar to the tavern, the inn offers a place for travelers to rest, but it’s also a hub of activity where stories are shared and alliances are formed. The innkeeper can be a font of local lore, and the inn itself can be the starting point for many adventures.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Want to step up your crafting game in D&D? Think of implementing 3 aspects into your crafting: Skills/Proficiencies, Materials, and Place. These will help you make crafting attainable, story driven, and worth it for your players.

Mentioned in this episode:

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Why are prepping sessions so hard? Why can’t it be as easy as remembering a simple phrase, maybe something strange like PUT A CLUE? Why can’t I save time by learning this phrase PUT A CLUE and then using it to prepare my sessions so much faster?

Friend, you’re in luck. Today’s episode is for you.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, the show to help dungeon masters new and old learn how to take their DMing skills to the next level. I’m Justin Lewis and I’ve been helping Dungeon Masters solve simple and complex problems with my cohosts for over 150 episodes now. We’ve talked with professional voice actors, writers, podcasters, and even real life blacksmiths, all to help you fix your DMing mistakes, and truly become the World’s Greatest DM.

As I mentioned today’s show is about helping you do Session Prep in a way that takes less time, far less mental stress, and helps you structure yourself to get finished faster and in a more complete way.

To do that, I give you the PUT A CLUE framework. Simply fulfill each of the aspects of this framework and your Session Prep is done.

The PUT A CLUE framework breaks down as follows:

Purpose: Understand the general goal and purpose of the session

Unfinished business: Wrap up and recap what happened in the last session

Timeline: Write down a general chronological plan of what you want to have happen

Acts and Arcs: Separate that timeline into a few acts (or scenes)

Characters: Prepare characters and their actions that are needed for the session

Locations: Prepare the setting and maps needed for the session

Unexpected: Prepare a twist or something unexpected for the session

Encounters: Flesh out the mechanics and final details of each encounter

Maybe it’s simplifying session prep, but in that case, GOOOD!

There’s no reason session prep has to drain your soul.

Try out the framework and see how it works for you.

Thanks for listening to today’s show.

This podcast is a part of the Session 0 Studios Network.

Mentioned in this episode:

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Dive deep into the captivating world of blacksmithing in Dungeons & Dragons with our special guests Matt and Stan from Wasatch Forge. In this thrilling episode, we unravel the secrets of the blacksmith's shop, from forging blades to the mystical infusion of magic into steel. Discover the craft behind the art, and uncover how you can enhance your D&D experience with authentic blacksmithing knowledge. Don't miss out on this immersive journey into the heart of craftsmanship and adventure!

Welcome back to part 2 of our interview with Wasatch Forge. This is How to Be a Better DM, the show that is designed to help new or veteran dungeon masters become masters.

Today we dive back into Wasatch Forge for the 2nd part of our interview.

Check them out at https://www.wasatchforge.com/

From today's show you will:

• Gain insights from master blacksmiths on accurately portraying a blacksmith shop in your D&D game.
• Learn about the tools and equipment essential for blacksmithing, including anvils, hammers, and forges.
• Explore the historical accuracy of blacksmithing techniques, debunking myths commonly seen in movies and games.
• Delve into the process of creating a Memorial Blade infused with the cremains of a loved one, blending artistry with emotion.
• Discover the potential for incorporating blacksmithing quests into your D&D campaigns, adding depth and authenticity to your storytelling.
• Get tips on managing player expectations regarding the availability and limitations of blacksmith services in-game.
• Gain a deeper appreciation for the dedication and craftsmanship of blacksmiths, both in fantasy worlds and real life.

Mentioned in this episode:

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Dungeons and Dragons 5e gets a lot wrong about Blacksmiths. There is almost no realism. Pretty strong statements right?

But that's exactly what we dive into in our conversation today with Matt and Stan from Wasatch Forge, a local blacksmith school here in Salt Lake City Utah. Visit https://www.wasatchforge.com/ for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today is the first part of our interview with Wasatch Forge. Come back on Saturday for Part 2.

We talk about a few things today, not the least of which being:

• How can you incorporate blacksmiths into D&D in a realistic way?
• What are some pet peeves about blacksmiths in D&D
• What do most DMs get wrong about Blacksmiths

Overall it was a very fun conversation.

Mentioned in this episode:

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Finding players can be difficult. Having lycanthropes in your party can be difficult. Using the Longstrider spell can be difficult.

Lucky for you, we talk about all of that.

On today's BONUS episode, Tanner and Justin are invited onto the Next Session Podcast with Alyssa and Adam.

They have a great conversation sharing tips for always finding players, tips on how make lycanthropy work, a cute cow/bumblebee mashup, and finally the Longstrider spell.

Check out the Next Session Podcast at https://www.nextsessionpodcast.com/

They really do offer amazing content.

Mentioned in this episode:

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Join host Cayden Ottley on How to Be A Better DM, on a captivating journey into the realms of fantasy and adventure within Dungeons and Dragons fifth edition. In this episode, Cayden shares five invaluable tips for crafting immersive worlds in your D&D campaigns.

From establishing a rich history filled with legendary events to creating diverse cultures and societies, each tip is a gateway to deeper immersion for both players and Dungeon Masters alike. Cayden also emphasizes the importance of designing memorable locations, incorporating intriguing lore and mythology, and above all, encouraging player investment in the world-building process.

Drawing inspiration from real-world cultures, mythologies, and personal experiences, Cayden's insights offer practical guidance for aspiring storytellers seeking to elevate their D&D campaigns to new heights.

Tune in to How to Be A Better DM and embark on a quest to unlock the full potential of your imagination in the world of Dungeons and Dragons.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Our topic today is something that you may not have experienced as a DM, since it is a very specific type of adventure mechanic. But, with the right party and right campaign, it could be a new, fun experience for you and your players. Namely, today we are talking about building a stronghold. Or, you might call it your base, your homestead, your castle. Heck, you could even go The Swiss Family Robinson route and make it a treehouse. Whatever it is specifically, in the end it is a place for your players’ characters to call home. Let's learn about it!

Also, if you'd like to get your own Magic Mind subscription, go to magicmind.com/dungeonmaster and use code dungeonmaster20

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

This is a special bonus episode.

In today's episode we give you Episode 2 of the Pact and Boon actual play D&D show.

If you want to subscribe to the show, check out session0studios.com/pactnboon

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

In honor of the release of our newest podcast, The Pact and Boon (session0studios.com/pactnboon/) we are releasing the first episode of that show on this podcast today.

Pact and Boon is an Actual Play 5e D&D podcast and we are so excited about it. Go and check out the rest of the episodes that are out right now (a total of 4 episodes right now).

If you come back tomorrow you'll get to hear episode 2 on this show of the Pact and Boon.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do you dream of trying out being a dungeon master, but are unsure of yourself or your abilities? Do currently DM but wish some parts of it weren’t as hard or complicated? Today’s episode is filled with 20 tips to help you skip some of the mistakes that we’ve made in our DMing journey. With these tips, you can gain the confidence to DM like you never have before. More importantly, with these tips, you’ll know that you are a good DM right now and that with some practice you can get even better.

TLDR:

The tips can be boiled down into a couple of META tips:

• Relax and Play the Game (It’s just a Game)
• Everything you Do can be improved even just 1%
• Practice is what will improve your game.

Feel free to read the tips below, or read the full episode transcript if you want to dig in deeper.

The tips:

1. Intro
2. Go Slow and Deliberate
3. Follow the Fun
4. Let your Players Do Some of the Work
5. Do Homebrew Early and Often
6. Read Everything You Can
7. Spend Some Time Everyday Writing
8. Foundation First
9. Details Make It Incredible
10. Always Be Meeting People
11. Make Your Player Characters the Stars
12. Know What You Are Good At
13. Don’t Try to Have Your Best Session Ever
14. Steal Ideas (Except When Making Money)
15. It’s Ok to Look Things Up
16. Success Is Measured by People’s Enjoyment
17. You Will Get Better
18. You Make the Rules
19. Commit
20. Listen to Podcasts and Watch Youtube Videos

Mentioned in this episode:

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Have you ever wanted to go to that cool game store down the road and play a fun game of D&D but are maybe somewhat shy and nervous about being a DM in a public place?

Wouldn't you like the ability to DM in any place at any time?

Today we are going to walk you through some tips on how to manage yourself in those public places and how to make sure it's fun for you and your players every single time!

This is How to Be a Better DM. Today, Justin, Tanner and Cayden sit down with Tavern Keeper Andrew Ashby from https://www.wegeektogether.org/.

Here's what we talked about:

• Always make sure everyone at the table is having fun and feels safe
• If your party is shy about being in public, make something exciting happen to get them out of their own heads
• Talk to the owners of game stores to find out what tools they have for you
• Find the locale that fits what you need
• Find ways to mitigate distractions even while out in public
• The best thing to do is to commit to doing the DM thing and everything else will be much better.

We enjoyed today's episode so much and want you to check out We Geek Together.

Make sure to get your seat for the upcoming Dead Wars event (the world record breaking D&D game that's coming up, yeah you should be there!). Go to https://www.thedeadwars.com/ and get your seat!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Thanks for tuning in today! Today's show was hosted by Cayden Ottley, and focuses on (in our opinion) the best online resources to help create a more immersive experience for your players. Here are the links to all of the websites mentioned in the episode:

1. https://www.fantasy-plus.com/ - (Monument Studios) Use code: BETTERDM for 10% off! (it's only $4.99/ month and totally worth it.)
2. https://www.dndspeak.com - Look for their Magical Mushroom d100 among a variety of other lists.
3. https://www.thievesguild.cc/shops/ - Amazing list of shops and prices for a better marketplace experience for your players.
4. https://chartopia.d12dev.com/chart/561/ - D1000 of totally random magical effects for whatever you want to use them for!
5. https://watabou.itch.io/ - An amazing map generator that allows you to create a world or dungeon for your PC's to experience in seconds.

All of these resources except Monument Studios are free. And let's be honest, $4.99 is a steal for what monument studios is offering. I hope you can put these to good use!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM!

Do you ever see your players losing interest halfway through a quest, a dungeon, or an NPC conversation? Well, they may be bored, which means you should learn to speedrun certain plot point and encounters for the sake of your players' fun.

Tanner discusses when to shorten, speed up, or cut out certain parts of your well-planned sessions, and how to do it effectively.

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

How to Write a DND Heist One Shot

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, I’m your mastermind for today, Justin Lewis, and you’re here with me to learn how to tell better stories for yourself and your friends as you DM sessions of Dungeons and Dragons 5e. aHow to Be a Better DM is presented to you by Session 0 Studios, D&D podcasts and shows to sate your ever deepening hunger.

I’m excited for today’s show because it’s actually something that I’ve been working to improve personally. I’ll explain a little later in today’s show, but I’m really excited to get into today’s show. Before we do, I don’t know who needs to hear this, it’s probably you, the DM listener that I’m currently pointing at, but you need to hear this.

You’re doing wonderfully. You may think you aren’t a great DM or you may have had a session recently that was less than encouraging, but know that you are doing well. First of all, most players could never do as well as you are as a DM. Second, being a DM is hard and it is a skill that requires practice. You’re doing splendidly so don’t give up.

Now, I hope that wasn’t too sappy for you because today we are going to talk about doing a DND Heist One Shot!

Why Do One Shots at All

Before we talk about heists, I want to take a moment and talk about why you would even consider doing a one shot. Back on episode 82, https://session0studios/captivate-podcast/reserve-1/, we talked about 10 reasons why you should one shots. Let me just summarize one of the points and also explain why this particular topic appeals to me. You see, with one shots you can try new mechanics, and new scenarios that might be intimidating to pull off in your actual campaign. Doing one shots challenges you.

Why Do a Heist One Shot

Now the next question is why you should do a heist one shot?

Well the first answer is that, it’s fun. Think about all of the heist movies you’ve seen. There’s the Italian Job. Oceans 11, 12, 13 and so on, Army of Theives (which if you’ve seen, then in our upcoming live play Show, Calignos, the character played by Tanner Weyland, my cohost on this podcast, resembles the main character of Army of Thieves so much it’s delightful).

The list of fun movies is endless.

The second reason is that I think a heist, more than other types of one shots, is somewhat more technically challenging. Let me explain. In order to make any particular one shot as good as it can be, there requires a certain level of believability. You must also strike a balance of difficulty. If the crown jewel of Tethrezrembot is only moderately difficult to steal, then your party will likely think the one shot was more a joke than an actual challenge.

To that end, the thing that the party is trying to heist has a perceived value proportional to the difficulty of stealing that object. That means if the party is to believe the value of the target, then the defenses need to be difficult and believable. Also the party will want a sense of accomplishment.

Original Characters or New Characters?

So the first question you need to ask when doing any one shot is whether or not it will be canon in your campaign or not, and whether or not your players will create new characters. These are generally two separate questions.

For example, in my current campaign, I am planning an extra special one shot for my players. This is a spoiler so if any of my players are listening please stop listening. In my campaign the BBEG is named Dreamtaker, and he was a very powerful Fey Creature who was split into pieces in order to be stopped previously. The pieces of Dreamtaker are all items. 

In my current campaign the party has fought against Dreamtaker a little here and there, and one of the characters has actually been possessed by Dreamtaker essentially and works for him.

I am planning a heist one-shot, where, somewhere else in the universe, another group of mercenaries has been hired to steal an artifact. Unbeknownst to those new characters, that artifact is a piece of Dreamtaker. This one-shot will still be cannon, but it will take place far away from the main plot line and with totally different characters. I’m going to use this one-shot to explain why Dreamtaker has assembled another piece of himself without simply saying so to my players.

When you do your heist one-shots, or your one-shots in general, ask yourself whether it will just be a non-canon, fun experience, or if it will be salient to the main plot. 

The advantage of making it non-canon is that anything that happens doesn’t have to really make sense in the grand scheme of things. You can be more loose and have fun with how you do certain things. On the flip side, one of the advantages of making your one-shots canon is that your players will take things a little more seriously.

Once you’ve made your choice you can move onto the next consideration, whether or not to make your one-shot an Ensemble one-shot.

Ensemble

An Ensemble is, simply put, a group where everyone has a unique and specific role. This plays very well with the heist because generally, in a heist you want as few people as possible, but you still want every job taken care of, and you often need the best at doing any particular job. Think about all your favorite Heist type movies or shows. One of the best examples that I can think of is called Leverage. It’s a show about a group of people who used to be thieves who decided to use their talents to help people in need. It’s a fun show and it shows off the Idea of the ensemble beautifully. There are 5 characters in the group and each character has a specific job. There is the mastermind, the grifter, the acrobat, the techie and the muscle. 

So why do I bring this up?

In your Heist, you’ll need to consider how the ensemble will be created. Even if you don’t help create it actively, it will be created. For example, let’s say you decide to have your party keep their same characters. Each member of the party will find a part to play. Most often this will mean that the party will sort of split up responsibilities during the planning phase of the heist. This is a good thing because it should actually help you in your planning phase. What I mean by that is that you’ll likely match the challenges of the heist to your party. You’ll create opportunities for each member to feel like they are the only person that can handle that particular obstacle. Conversely, you’ll likely put in some roadblocks that seem party specific that they’ll have to think their way out of.

If you decide to have your party make new characters, it might be fun in the outset to have them pick roles within the ensemble that you want them to fulfill. That way they would make their character specific to the role.

Some examples of role that could be fulfilled are:

Mastermind

Grifter

Con-man

Techie

The Muscle

The Impersonator

The Getaway Driver (Depending on your world)

The Acrobat

The Sneak

The Safecracker

The Demolitions Expert

The Distraction

The Forger

The Artificer (For building things like replicas or special contraptions)

The Face

And those are just to name a few. If you want more ideas, just watch any good ensemble show and you’ll get a good idea.

The Target

Now that we’ve talked about the party and the roles they’ll be playing in our one-shot, we need to talk about the prize, the target, the booty. As any good thief knows, it doesn’t matter what you get, only what you keep. Similarly, why would you want to keep something that doesn’t have much value?

In order for any heist to make any sense, the target must be valuable. Since you are devoting a one-shot to the heist, I would say that the target has to be pretty valuable. If you want to turn the one-shot into like a mini-campaign, the target would be even more valuable.

Often, you’ll likely make your own target but you can also choose artifacts from any of the sourcebooks that have already been published.

As a general rule of thumb, it’s generally best not to make the object of the heist a world-ending relic, unless that happens to be part of your overall plot if the one-shot is going to be campaign cannon. I say when in doubt, just make it a priceless object of monetary value, that way the only motivations are greed rather than world domination.

When making the target, you also want to make it have a nice backstory itself. In a way, the object of the heist is also a character and it needs fleshing out. Think about the Pink Panther movies (more so old ones) where the Pink Panther diamond almost seemed to have its own mind and will. The Pink Panther itself was a character in that series. That’s why the opening credits always started with some smooth jazz and cartoons depicting the Pink Panther evading and generally getting the better of Jaque Clouseau.

So maybe in your one-shot you want to make your target have a life of its own. You could even go so far as to even make the target sentient, whether it’s an object or a person. Adding this sort of complication adds another layer into the story and can make for a more dynamic experience for your players.

The Owner of the Target

Now, the next big consideration is the person who owns or is in charge of the object of the heist. If the target is a person, (a kidnapping) then the owner of the target would be someone in charge of their safety or someone really close to them.

Thinking about the owner of the target is important because all of the planning that happens hereafter will take into account who the Owner is and what resources they have at their disposal. It also incorporates the willingness of the Owner to kill to protect whatever the target is. Really flesh out the owner because when you come to the planning phase, and really everything after this phase, you’ll be in a much better situation.

So let’s go through a quick example so far. If you are in my current D&D campaign and you are listening, stop listening for a second because I’m going to reveal some spoilers.

Great.

So, I am currently planning a heist one-shot. As I’ve mentioned, my players will be creating new characters, but the one-shot will actually be canon within the universe of my campaign.

First, some things you need to know about my setting. I’ve sort of stolen some ideas from Aerois, the High Rollers’ 2nd campaign. Specifically, instead of the Astral Sea being a sea, for my campaign it is all of space, and other planets are considered planes. Some planes do also exist as well though. So because of this there are magical Astral Space ships and such. So theirs sort of an element of higher technology within the universe. That’s important.

The party will be creating characters who are essentially a group of thieves for hire. They will be hired to acquire an object that, unbeknownst to them is actually a piece of the BBEG. That part will be a small reveal to my players at the end. The person who possesses the target is actually a Celestial named Hezriel. I’ve yet to determine exactly what Hezriel is, but he has been keeping vigilant against the BBEG to prevent the BBEG from rising to power again. Hezriel will reside on a planet that is maybe a little more advanced that we are in our reality. The heist will take place in Hezriel’s skyscraper.

So with that example, already, we have a lot to go off of. Because Hezriel is a celestial, and he has some fortune and power, we can plan some things in the next phase that will make a lot of sense. We also know the motivations that Hezriel has for keeping the Target Object and the motivations that the party will have to acquire it.

This is the importance of fleshing out the Target and the Owner of the Target.

The Adversarial Forces

Somewhat tangential to the Owner of the Target, you’ll want to flesh out both the forces that the Owner has at their disposal, and also any other rival groups who might be competing to acquire the Target Object. In every Indiana Jones movie, there are the rival groups, and while it isn’t a heist in the traditional sense, Indie is always on the hunt for knowledge. National Treasure is another great example of a heist with a rival group.

Especially in a one-shot, adding in another rival group can keep the plot and the action going. People act differently when they realize that everything they are doing is technically a race with another group or another person.

That said, adding in another group does add another layer that you must create and if this is one of your first one-shots, you can easily choose to forgo the competitor group and that’s ok.

Going back to my previous example with my weekly campaign, I don’t plan on having an adversarial group compete with my party to steal the Target object. I feel like that would detract from them being able to fully enjoy the experience of new characters and a new situation.

Now that we’ve down all the ground work, let’s hop into the actual planning phase of the one-shot!

Your Planning Phase

For many people, planning something like this can be quite daunting. In fact, for me, planning something like this is daunting, because compared to other one-shots, this requires technical DM skills. But guess what, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM, where you are going to learn how to do all of the technical stuff. So thank you. Thanks for putting your trust in us and letting us have the chance to make or break it. We never forget you, whether you’re at the gym right now, washing dishes, driving to work or out walking your dogs. We appreciate you and wish we could sit in on all of the games you DM.

Location Location Location

In the meantime, let’s dig into planning the actual nuts and bolts of the one-shot. The first thing you need to figure out is the Location of the target object. This means where in the Universe, in the realms or on the world is your target object located. This is very important because stealing the ancient artifact of a hidden Gumuchi Tribe is very different from stealing a Piece of Dreamtaker from Hezriel Tower within the technologically advanced Pomalen City. 

So think about where your object would be. Extrapolate, logically from who owns it, what it is and why people would want it, to figure out the best location for your one-shot.

From there you can hone in to specifically the building the object is in. For heists, the building always matters. In heists, you need to sneak in and sneak out or getaway fast. That means that you need to know where all the exits are and where everything important is relative to everything else.

I would say, in order of operations do this:

1. Pick the object
2. Pick the owner
3. Pick the location of the building the object is stored in
4. Create a layout of that building

Once you have a map, it will be much easier to let your players plan through the heist. 

With the map, there are somethings you might want to consider noting on a personal copy of the map. For example, in a large skyscraper like I am working on, I’m going to want to note air ducts and how they connect, but also secret passages that wouldn’t necessarily be on public government records. I can choose if and how the party could uncover those depending on how they plan and the actions they take. You can obviously forgo this step if you feel that the building the target object would be in wouldn’t have anything like that.

Technology Level

Obviously, you’ll need to plan the level of technology that your party will be dealing with. You’ve probably already made this decision when you chose the location of the target object, but let’s talk about a couple of considerations.

1. Low Tech:

• If the party is doing a heist in a low-tech area, they will likely have access to magic, this is D&D afterall. You need to decide if the owner of the target object also has access to magic. It would be pretty strange if your party could use spells like invisibility but the person protecting a very important object didn’t have access to spells like See Invisibility. I would at the least make both of them to be on the same footing, though it makes more sense for the Owner of the Target Object to have more resources available.

1. High Tech:

• If the party is facing off against a high-tech opponent, then you as the DM will need to worry about things like alarm systems, CCTV security cameras, elevators and stuff like that. You’ll also need to make it so simple things like disguise self or minor illusion can’t just easily disrupt the whole system. If magic is a thing then the high-tech needs to be able to see through it.

I personally think it would be very interesting to have a high-tech party go up against a low-tech Target Object owner and discover that it’s very difficult somehow. Having chosen a tech level, it should be pretty easy now to start to visualize some of the traps and things that you would naturally use.

The Vault

The next thing you need to decide on is the vault. Since before this step, you’ve already made the layout of the building that the heist will take place in, knowing what the vault looks like will be easy.

Also, for context, when I say vault, I actually just mean the final spot that the party must pass through in order to get the object. The Vault could just be a room, it could even be a person if the target is constantly on someone’s person.

The idea here is that this is theoretically the final stage before Target Acquisition and Escape. We are gonna work backwards a little and think about the things starting from the end.

So, combine what you know about the layout of the building with what you know about the resources of the Owner of the Target. That combination of knowledge should help you be able to think about things like “what sort of protections could this owner afford?”

Going back to my example, let’s flesh out the Vault. So we know that the building and the world that the heist is going to take place on is somewhat high-level tech. I’ve decided that the vault will be 3 or 4 levels underground in this massive skyscraper. 

Now, as far as the owner of the object is concerned, Hezriel, the celestial, is quite powerful and has quite a few resources at his disposal. He could theoretically have any sort of protection device that I could think of. This means that I don’t need to limit what I can think of in terms of laser alarms, security cameras, and things like that.

Hezriel is lawful good though, so really anything he employed would be forthright and not sneaky. He wouldn’t have a legion of invisible imps hanging around for example. Instead he would just have strong technology and then a legion of guards on call that could be called upon at a moment’s notice.

So with all of those considerations, I’ve decided to make the vault a suspended room on underground level 3 or 4. The basic idea is that if something trips a major alarm, then the suspended vault is released and falls along rails to underground level 10 where more guards are waiting.

Inside the vault is just a very large room with shelves and stands for different artifacts. None of the other artifacts matter that much. In this case, I don’t mind if the party steals a little something extra because it’s not going to affect the rest of my campaign.

Guards

Now might be...

Are you tired of making throwaway NPCs that your players forget the next day? Then this podcast discussion with Tanner, Justin, and Cayden is for you! We discuss when to utilize realistic NPCs and ways to improve the realism of your NPCs, as well. Let's roll initiative!

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

On today's episode, Cayden talks about his experience in creating home-brew worlds and mechanics without knowing much about DND in the first place. For those of you who want to play but may not have a great basis in the game, this episode is for you! But Seasoned players, don't turn away just yet. You may learn a thing or two about getting creative and improvisation.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Start Leveling Up As a DM

Wouldn’t it be nice to gamify your dungeon master abilities? In D&D, characters can reach level 20, so why can’t dungeon masters? We’re happy to tell you that now, you can. We created the Dungeon Master Level-Up Guide. It’s a simple tool to gamify your progression to higher and higher levels of dungeon mastering. It includes Dungeon Master Levels 1 to 20 with associated XP requirements as well as a long list of Dungeon Master activities that will give you XP. Each activity has a Challenge Rating and an XP amount. In order to level up, all you need to do is find out how much XP you have, find out how much you need and pick activities to try. You can get the Dungeon Master Level-Up guide for free by going to session0studios.com/newsletter/, sign up for our newsletter and we’ll email you the Level-Up Guide. Finally, leveling up as a DM can be as fun as leveling up a character.

Level Up Guide

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

In this episode, we learn how to focus... not in general, but rather how to focus on a short list of problem areas rather than a multitude so you can see some real growth as a DM.

We also share some announcements for what's happening with us, the podcast, and the closure of Monsters.Rent... But the rise of something you'll enjoy much more. Stay tuned.

Session0Studios.com

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM! Your host, Tanner Weyland, along with guest host Cayden Ottley, explore an important question: How can you make player characters experience growth in an interesting and earned way when they often enter an adventure with highly experienced backstories? Can every hero have a zero-to-hero moment if they automatically come into an adventure as ex-master thieves, army commanders, or incredibly wise wizards? Well, we help you out so you can give your players a more fulfilling growth arc.

Also, we'd like to thank our sponsors, Magic Mind. Check out this link and use code BETTERDM20 to get yours: https://www.magicmind.com/betterdm

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Welcome back to How To Be a Better DM, the Official podcast of Monsters.Rent.

I’m your Tour Guide today, Justin Lewis, and we have another special tour lined up today.

First, before we get into today’s tour, we need to talk about our sponsors: you. Without you, we wouldn’t have this tour, so thank from the bottom of our hearts.

2nd, we do have a gift shop. You can visit it at the end of the tour, just go to monsters.rent/shop and there you can pick up all the knick knacks and things that you’ll never use that you only pick up on vacation. There will be also your classic “I went to the Feywild and All I got was this T Shirt” T shirt, but you don’t really want that because let’s be honest, Vacation gimmick shirts never ever look cool.

3rd thing, in the show notes of today’s tour, there are some links that may be affiliate in nature, meaning that if you purchase something from the link, part of that will go towards supporting Better Dungeon Master Tours. Be aware of that fact.

Ok, with the boring stuff out of the way, let’s get ready. First, everyone, make sure you are wearing your protective yellow vests. Do these vests have special protective charms? No. Are they reflective and very bright so they are easy to see? Yes. Will Better Dungeon Master Tours charge you a fee for losing your vest? Yes. So please do not lose them.

I see we have some familiar faces here today. I recognize a few of you from our Tour through the Shadowfell. It’s great to also have some first timers here with us a Better DM Tours. As I said, I am Justin Lewis, and I’ll be your tour guide today. If you love the tour or have comments about my Tour Guide style, feel free to leave a rating or a review. If I get a good rating and a review, my bosses might give me a raise (although let’s be honest, my boss is a real hard case and would never give me a raise). Anyways, who’s ready to have some fun!!!

Mirror Planes

Ok, follow me, the tour has officially begun. As most of you know, there is a multiverse of dimensions and planes. Most of you know this because most of you came from different realms.

Within each Universe, there are also different planes of existence depending on the model that the Universe follows. The Dungeon Master’s Guide actually makes pretty good mention of this. It talks about different  Universe models that connects different planes. It ranges all the way from the Soap Bubble model where each plane is sort of like a soap bubble, randomly bouncing off or intersecting with other planes, all the way to the One world model, where all of the planes are just places on the same world.

In many models, the Feywild is a distinctly different place than the material plane. In many of those models, the Feywild is also considered a mirror plane. In fact, in this universe, that is exactly what is the case. The planes are separate places, but the Feywild is a mirror plane of the Material Plane.

Ok, follow me everyone. So pay attention to your surroundings right now. As you’ll notice we are in a forest, you can see that in this part of the forest, it is fall. The leaves are losing their color, you can see that we’ve been walking through piles of leaves and there is a slight nip in the air. Remember that. Oh and yes, Mr. and Mrs. Craig, please don’t wander off, I know those bunnies are cute, but I really wouldn’t. Bunnies can often lead you into places that are rather difficult to escape from.

Anyways, let me give you a brief refresher on mirror planes. Mirror planes are planes that closely resemble another plane. Often, landmarks like cities, forests, oceans are in the same location and the same general shape. Each plane does have its own effect on the landmark though so you may notice some changes. Yes, I see a couple of you who were with me on our tour through the Shadowfell nodding in remembrance. When we pass into the Feywild, you’ll notice similarities but also important differences. Ok everyone keep up.

Traveling to the Feywild

As you may remember with the Shadowfell, traveling to the Feywild in most universes is a process. In most cases, you’ll have to use a spell like Gate, or the more accessible Plane Shift Spell. Gate will let you transport there easy peasy, no problem. Plane shift will require you to know either the Sigil sequence of a teleportation circle within the Feywild, or you’ll need a tuning fork attuned to the Feywild. This means you’ll have to find someone who’s traveled to the Feywild before and hopefully they have a tuning  fork that would work.

Today, we are going to use a convergence. Some of you may remember that that is how we got to the Shadowfell, well that’s how we are getting to the Feywild too.

For those of you joining us for the first time, a convergence is essentially where the planes intersect so much, that they are one and the same. This overlap allows creatures to pass through from one plane to another. The convergence we are going to is a very interesting place and I can’t wait to show you.

One last bit of warning before we get to the convergence. Even though the Feywild is technically the plane of Faeries, it is still home to many wild and dangerous creatures. Even if you see something “cute” don’t be fooled. Also, don’t just take any food that any individual or creature gives you. Some of the food of the Feywild could be considered charmed so check with me before you eat.

The Convergence

Ah, and here we are at the convergence. So a couple points to note. Do you see how those trees over there are evergreen and covered in snow, yet not even 20 feet away are the trees we’ve been walking through, the trees that seem to be in fall. And over there, you can see a swath of cherry trees in full Spring bloom. Lastly, in between the cherry trees and the trees of fall, you can see a swath of trees green with the sunshine of summer. You see, we weren’t just walking through the forest. Instead we walked to the corner of the forest, the very edge of this ancient forest. It just so happens that 3 other forests share this corner. Where each forest meets each other forest, we have this, the convergence.

In this case, no one quite knows how this convergence came to be, but as you can see from the large rough stone monuments built in a rough circle around the exact point where all forests converge, this place is considered holy for Druids. 

In fact we do have permission to be here, if you look over there. Hello Fairwind.

Fairwind: “Hello Justin, and hello guests of the Better Dungeon Master Tours Company. Welcome to the Druidic Circle of the Seasons. Yes this place is very holy, so I’d ask you kindly not to step on any of the plants of pull of leaves and then rip them apart as you walk along. I hate it when people do that.”

Thank you Fairwind. We should only be here for a few more minutes. Ok, so because this site also functions as a druidic circle, it isn’t the same as the Shadowfell entrance we used last tour. We can’t just walk into. In this case we all have to enter the Druid circle and then start skipping around. The feylike attitude and action will trigger the convergence and pull us into the Feywild. It only works if you commit so everyone,  enter the Druid Circle. Now on my count, I want you all to start skipping around, if you want to hum a little diddy, that’s fine, but if you don’t do it, you’ll be left behind and the tour is not giving any refunds.

Ok, 3, 2, 1, Skip.

La la la la la la la la la la

It worked!

Everyone is here… except the Petersens… of course.

Oh well.

So, the first thing you should not is the similarity to the Material Plane, but let me assure me, we are on the Plane of Faerie.

For one thing, note how the converging forests aren’t representative of all of the seasons any more. Instead, now it feels like twilight on a summer’s day. It’s warm, and pleasant. You can also note how the sun seems to be setting, though you can’t see it. It will remain like that during our entire journey through the Feywild.

You can also look around and see random Faerie lights. Those small bobbing little lights are what I’m talking about. You may occasionally giant fireflies lazily flying along.

Good question Miss Pratt. Though the Feywild may appear light and pleasant, it is still a dangerous place. 

In fact, let me draw your attention to the forest in front of us. You see a nice forest that seems open and inviting. Now turn around, look at the forest directly behind us. See how it is full of brambles and very overgrown? That’s because we are actually on a boundary line between the Unseelie and the Seelie.

Let me explain to you a bit about the Seelie and the Unseelie, but first, we must walk.

Everyone, please follow me.

The Courts of the Fey

Ok, so please, nobody eat any of the fruit, as I said. If you get charmed and “choose” to remain here in the Feywild, we will not be giving you a refund.

The Courts of the fey are divided into two factions. You have Queen Titania who rules the Summer Court of the Seelie fey, and then you have the Queen of Air and Darkness who rules the Gloaming or Winter Court of the Unseelie Fey.

No, that’s not entirely correct Mr. Roberts. The Summer and Winter Courts do not directly align with good and evil, though that’s an obvious mistake people make. You may have many Seelie who are good and many Unseelie who are evil, but the divide of the factions comes, more than anything else, from the opposition the two Queens feel for one another. They are jealous and utter rivals and will try to oppose each other simply out of principle if need be.

Of course, you may have other creatures that do not give allegiance to either court. Formorians and night hags are wonderful examples of this. You may also have independent fey entities who reject the courts entirely. In my homebrew campaign, an entity named Dreamtaker was a great example of this, until he went crazy and tried to take over everything.

Ok, as we are walking, definitely notice how your surroundings almost seem like you’re in a dream, but you know you aren’t. And actually, this might be an opportune moment to talk about some of the effects on adventurers while they are in the Feywild.

Effects on Adventurers in the Feywild

They Feywild is a very magical place.. Oo did you see that, over there, that bobbing light is actually a little pixie. 

Anyways, as I was saying. While you see a place of trees and wildness, and yes the trees are getting progressively bigger, but while this is what you see, people on the material plane view this place as a dangerous place, and with good reason. 

There are tales of children going missing into the feywild, kidnapped or lured away by fickle fey creatures, only to return decades later without ever having aged a day. The feywild is a strange place and there are many different version with different rules so to speak.

In fact, the Dungeon Master’s Guide give you some really great examples. There are different ways to affect an Adventurer’s Memory or you can reflect the fact that time may move differently in the Feywild than in the material plan. In the DMG it does give you some mechanical ways to play this out, but I would encourage you dungeon masters to first opt for a narrative reason as to why the characters had a time warp and what the difference in time with the material plane is.

Alternatively, another effect you can have on adventurers in the Feywild is that with any spell that is cast or magic item used, there is a certain percentage of strange things happening. Choose a percentage, let’s say 10% just because that would make things really fun. So any time a character casts a spell (excluding cantrips) or uses a magic item, roll a percentile dice. If they get your chosen percentage or lower, then roll on the Wild Magic table or make your own Wild magic table. Doing this can be a really fun way to display the randomness and whimsy of the feywild.

This is a completely arbitrary rule and you don’t even need to follow it. 

Hey what happened to Mr. Armonav? He what? I told you. Don’t accept any food from anyone on this trip, well, unless I say so.

Mr. Armonav, come here. (Snap noises) Hey, Hey, can you hear me.

Yes, I know he’s charmed, I can see that. Does anyone know here Dispel Magic or Break Curse?

No one? You came to the Feywild and you didn’t prepare any spells? 

Well, lucky for you Mr. Armonav, I have a Magic Mind here. Here drink this.

What’s Magic Mind? Oh that’s right, there are a few of you here that weren’t on our tour through the Shadowfell.

So Magic Mind is a potion and a productivity shot from the Material Plane. It’s designed to replace your morning coffee, tea, or energy drink. It also works very well to get rid of charmed spells that might fall upon you when you accept food from a scantily clad dryad like Mr. Armonav over here. Didn’t anyone ever tell you not to trust scantily clad women.. Or men for that matter.

Anyways, Magic Mind has a lot of really magical ingredients including Ashwagandha, Lionsmane Mushrooms and even Vitamins. While it does work wonders on Charmed Persons, it also helps promote productivity in the ordinary person. 

Oh, you want to know where to get Magic Mind? Well sure. So, as of January 2024, you can now purchase them in any Sprouts Food Market across the Material Plane, or maybe a more economical way to get them would be to go to https://www.magicmind.com/JANbetterdm and use the code BETTERDM20 for a discount of 20% of a one time purchase or a discount of up to 56% if you sign up for a subscription. Also, in case you couldn’t tell, Magic Mind is the sponsor of today’s Tour through the Feywild, so a big thank you to Magic Mind. They actually provided these special vests you are wearing that have the enchantment to stave off any of the random effects of the Feywild, that’s Magic Mind infused garments. 

One last thing about magic mind. For this month of January, they are giving an even better discount. You can get 1 month for free when you subscribe for 3 months. So with the BETTERDM20 discount code that can get you up to 75% off of a 3 month subscription. Pretty useful if you are going into the Feywild!

Anyways, Mr. Armonav, drink this… down the hatch…

That’s better. Ok, where was I? Oh that’s right, I was just talking about the effects of the Feywild.

Well, as you can see based on what is around us right now, one of the effects of the feywild is that plants can grow to very fantastical proportions. You see those giant mushrooms over there next to that giant fern? Not to mention the massive trees all around us. 

Yet at the same time, you can pass through a wood where the trees are normal sized.

Creatures of the Feywild

So let’s talk about the Creatures of the Feywild. Obviously, if you wanted you could have your players meet elves in the Feywild, they are afterall descended from, or directly from the Feywild themselves. I suppose you could lump the eladrin in with that as well. Almost all of the elves are somehow descended from elves in the Feywild, but Eladrin seem to be much more closely connected. They are analogous to the Shadar-kai of the Shadowfell.

Basically any creature of whimsy would be a good fit here. Naturally you have your pixies, I mean we’ve seen an abundance of pixies this whole time. Fairies likewise. You could also find some unicorns in the Feywild, but more often than not, the Unicorns will find you. 

A note on Unicorns. The legends say that Unicorns are perfect and good. For the most part that is true, however, I’ve heard tales of adventurers meeting some unicorns that were less than helpful. They were arrogant and had a superiority complex, so be warned.

Hmm, if you look over there right now, you can see a treant moving among those fir trees. Treants are most often grouchy and crotchety. They would usually kill adventurers rather than speak with them, so that might be a good foe for your campaign.

Because the Feywild is, well… wild, any sort of wild thing can feasibly be here. If you want a magical lion to fight your party, you could probably find it here. Same with plants. It would not be too far fetched to find a carnivorous plant here that would be a great challenge for your party.

And just like with the courts, don’t make the mistake of associating the Shadowfell with Evil and the Feywild with Good. A better summation would be Shadow versus light, in the physical sense. As you can see around you, this place remains in a sort of soft warm light, compared to the Shadowfell’s general darkness. So I would play on that particular theme and use creatures that might be extra charming, or fantastical. Honestly, even the comparison of light versus shadow isn’t even that accurate considering that the queen of the Unseely fey, the Queen of Air and Darkness, well you get the point. 

It might be interesting to let your players think that the Feywild is quite safe, but in reality it isn’t…

Queen Titania

You might be wondering where we’ve been walking this whole time. Yes, I can see that there are many more flowers around us, also, yes I did see that giant caterpillar smoking a Hukkah. Best not to mess with that.

We are on our way to have an interview with Queen Titania herself. We are actually walking to the Summer Court. Normally, this would be very difficult, because the Summer Court moves,  but we were able to come to a deal with Queen Titania that she would allow us to come and have a nice chat with her. 

Everyone, a couple rules.

First rule: Use the buddy system. The Feywild, and fey creatures in general are very charming. The Seely Court especially. If you notice your buddy acting dreamily or in a strange way, give them a cuff upside the head and that should clear things up.

Second rule: Always obey my commands. If I say to run, we need to run. For those of you who remember the tour through the Shadowfell, you know what I’m talking about.

Third Rule: Do not eat any of their food. As they are quite charming, sometimes, whether incidentally or intentionally, their food becomes laced with a bit of their charming magic. I’ve never had this happen, but other guides have had tour members eat some food and decide to stay in the Feywild forever.

Last rule: Enjoy yourself! You’re on vacation so just sit back and enjoy the experience. Flash photography is allowed, though I’ll be honest, photos from the Feywild never really turn out. Don’t know why.

Ok, so here we are. Notice the perfectly manicured gardens that almost seem to have sort of a wild side? Notice how the forest seems to embrace the Summer Palace as if hugging an old friend. These denote the power of the Seely Queen.

Guard: “Halt”

Tour guide: “Of course.”

Guard: “What is your business...

Tanner Weyland (00:01.046)

Hello and welcome to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of, wait, I should probably not say that anymore, shouldn't I?

Justin Lewis (00:09.162)

So as of this recording, you should still say, well.

See, that's part of the logistics that I wanted to talk about tomorrow, but I'd say just say it until we decide on anything specific tomorrow with Kayden.

Tanner Weyland (00:27.446)

Okay, cool. Sorry, you'll have to cut this all out. Okay. Hello and welcome. Oh, sorry. You're good.

Justin Lewis (00:33.352)

No, it's fine.

Justin Lewis (00:37.354)

.

Tanner Weyland (00:40.534)

Hello and welcome to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters .Rent. My name is Tanner Weyland and I'm here with Justin. Say hi, Justin.

Justin Lewis (00:52.042)

Hey, how's it going?

Tanner Weyland (00:54.644)

Oh man, so good. So good. How are you?

Justin Lewis (00:58.79)

I am recovering from moving, which is the worst. So I'm actually doing pretty good, though. What about you?

Tanner Weyland (01:09.366)

Good, yeah, you know, it's, my wife and I are trying to get back to the gym, which of course is its own bag of stuff. You know, you go, you're like, oh, there's so many people. I feel so self -conscious, but it's been good. So we got back from that today, but yeah, excited for that, because we used to be really into it, and then we moved last year, and we just haven't been, you know, for a whole year.

Uh, but yeah, we're doing better now with that. So excited about that. And I'm more excited to talk about our topic today, which is conditions. Now, specifically, I'm thinking like, uh, conditions that affect the status of the player, like exhausted, petrification, prone, poisoned, things like that. Uh, Justin, tell me, uh, what has your experience been either as a DM or a player in regards to conditions? Like, have they been a positive, a negative or

or something not even worth mentioning for you.

Justin Lewis (02:12.554)

I think they've been sort of both. Naturally, when you're a player, if a condition is foisted upon you, it's generally a bad thing, right? There are few good conditions. As a DM, my experience with conditions has really mostly been in combat. So I'm really excited today to talk about possibly ways that conditions can be.

Tanner Weyland (02:31.358)

Mm -hmm.

Justin Lewis (02:42.458)

expanded upon in combat and possibly outside of combat.

Tanner Weyland (02:49.414)

Agreed because I think that's a real issue, right? Where, uh, when a condition is done for the DM, it's just another, you know, plate to spin. And for the players, it's usually like against them because frankly, I think we can agree on this. A lot of time players have seen that it's not worth specking in, in the ability to cause conditions. That's not always true, but I do find that a lot of players are like, Oh,

If it's an enemy we can kill pretty quickly, it's not worth, you know, blinding them or something. And if it's a big boss, chances are their resistances are too high or something. You know what I mean?

Justin Lewis (03:31.176)

Absolutely, you definitely, this is really going into the mechanics of gameplay and this is probably, I would say as DMs, you're probably either good with the story aspect or the mechanical aspect.

Justin Lewis (03:52.042)

Or if you're a lucky DM, sorry, I just had to yawn there for a second. Or if you're a lucky DM, you're good with both. And this is definitely more commonly used with the mechanical aspects of D &D where you have to, you know, I saw on a TikTok the other day where you look at your player character sheets and understand what they're going to use. And then you create monsters that would...

Tanner Weyland (03:57.366)

You get.

Justin Lewis (04:21.21)

Challenge them, but also be excellent opportunities for them to use certain things. So for example, you know, like in the case that you just said, someone who needs to be blinded, it would be a good idea if you have a character who can use spells to blind to maybe put something in there that blinding them would be a really, really good idea, right?

Tanner Weyland (04:37.588)

Mm -hmm.

Tanner Weyland (04:42.902)

Yeah, exactly. Right. Because there's going to be, you know, I think if you open yourself up to, you know, using these more and more creatively, then you're and we'll get to this later, then you're going to find that combats are more interesting and role playing and the consequences from combat are going to be a lot more interesting too. But before we get into that, I'd like to just quickly mention the sponsor of this episode, Magic Mind.

You know, we've been talking about this for a second, but we really love this little potion. That's just like a shot of energy in the morning. For me, it really is weird because it's so small, but it really does give me that kind of kick in the pants that I need to start out well instead of just kind of dragging my feet when I get to work, you know?

Justin Lewis (05:36.842)

Absolutely. Speaking of conditions, there are two conditions that I think in real life we've all, well, maybe three, we've all sort of dealt with. First of all, exhaustion, right? That's a condition we'll be talking about later. And in D &D, it's very severe. Magic Mind is great for exhaustion with a lot of really helpful ingredients, including ashwagandha, lion's mane mushrooms. And, you know, it's full of adaptogens and

Tanner Weyland (05:52.296)

Yep.

Justin Lewis (06:06.826)

really helpful.

Justin Lewis (06:12.458)

really helpful ingredients. More than that, they actually have this awesome deal going on. So first of all, if you want MagicMind, you can go to Sprouts, Farmers' Markets, anywhere and get them. But the better place to get them, and I might be a little biased, in fact I am, but the best place to get them would be to go to magicmind .com slash Jan, that's J -A -N, better D -M, B -E -T -T -E -R -D -M. So MagicMind.

dot com slash Jan Better DM and then use our code betterdm20. It's like giving us a little bit of extra credit if you do that. So we really appreciate it. But doing that gets you either 56 % off of your first subscription or 20 % off of your first one time purchase. So that's a great deal in and of itself. But in the month of January 2024,

Tanner Weyland (06:51.998)

Mm -hmm.

Justin Lewis (07:10.058)

while we're recording this. So this will come out on the 25th. You have six days left. You can get an extra 20 % off, meaning on a three month subscription, you get the first month free, right? So that can be almost up to 75 % off just with these deals. And it only lasts for the rest of January. Again, better magicmind .com slash Jan, better DM, better DM 20 at checkout.

But the other two conditions that this helps with is slowed. So if you're slowed in D &D, you can only do one action or a reaction. Casting spells takes twice as long, essentially. You can't run. Magic Mind does the opposite. So you essentially get hasted, where you can take two actions. You can move twice as fast, and things just are so much better. So don't be slowed, be hasted. Go get Magic Mind.

magicmind .com slash better the sorry magicmind .com slash Jan better DM back to you Tanner.

Tanner Weyland (08:18.934)

Perfect. Thanks, Magic Mind. Now to continue with our talk about conditions, like I really want to dive into the ways that they could be utilized better. Because let's take exhaustion. When was the last time that you used exhaustion like against your party or or with any campaign that you've been in?

Justin Lewis (08:47.338)

Honestly, it's been a very long time. And I say very long time probably because I don't actually remember. I think I might have used it within the last six months, but they probably only gained one level of exhaustion, which is still something, but also in the context of what they were doing, not very much. And personally, I think my issue is,

I'm sort of afraid of the consequences myself, right? And this kind of goes back to what I was saying about needing to understand the mechanics because when you tell a player that they have a point of exhaustion and then you throw them into a combat encounter, that could seriously, they're at risk of dying, right? Just because their roles are gonna be so hampered.

Tanner Weyland (09:19.752)

Yes.

Tanner Weyland (09:39.988)

Yeah.

Tanner Weyland (09:44.758)

Yeah, and that's kind of what it, that's what keeps a lot of DMs from approaching or utilizing exhaustion. I think it's that, you know, just like, oh my goodness, this is kind of big. But then also it's the fact that I think most DMs think, oh, this is mostly going to happen if they stay awake longer than 24 hours. And how often does that happen? Like, frankly,

there's usually enough going on in the story that they're having multiple combats, like in a row or just like in a day. And so they're just begging to have a long rest by the end of it so that they can get, you know, there's, there's everything back. Right. And so if you think of it kind of within that box, it's exhaustion feels limiting. It feels like it's unlikely to happen, but think about it from, from the terms of.

like an adventure, right? When would you be exhausted? It would be when you're going through really extreme weather conditions or something that's physically or mentally, you know, hard on the players or taxing. So think about this. Your players are on kind of a more an expedition type like campaign where they're traveling, you know, through jungles, forests, things like that. Those are perfect times to

to have them get the exhausted condition. And if you don't know, exhaustion has six levels. At the first level, you get disadvantage on ability check. Second, speed halved. Third, disadvantage on attack rolls and saving throws. Fourth, hit point maximum halved. Fifth, speed reduced to zero. So they basically can't move. And then sixth, death. So that's where like...

It can get really serious very quickly because the first one's like, Oh, disadvantage on ability checks. That sucks to speed half. Okay. You can still make it work after that. That's it's kind of a lot. And, but it's kind of a really cool mechanic because think about it. You know, if your players are kind of going through this journey and you know, you're like, Oh, you're in a really cold, you're on a cold tundra and the winds, you know, biting at them and you know, roll, uh,

Tanner Weyland (12:00.01)

role constitution saving throw to see if you do okay. And, and basically it's like, Oh, it gets harder the longer they're out there and then they start failing. And some players are doing worse than others, you know, like the, uh, the mages who don't have much constitution, they're over there just, you know, they're walking a half speed. Whereas the, uh, the barbarian and everyone else is doing pretty good. That's a great storytelling opportunity and they haven't fought a single monster, right?

Then if you do throw in like a combat then that you know kind of ups everything You know the the stakes and I think that's just a great thing and it doesn't even have to be when they're on an expedition think about if they were in the city and They were you know They were supposed to go through the sewers and kind of wade through the sewer water to find you know Missing girl or something right wouldn't that be a great time to be like, okay?

real constitution saving throw because they're wading through like this stuff. They've got, you know, it's really dark kind of rough conditions and they didn't have to be out in the wilderness. It was right underneath their feet. You know what I'm saying?

Justin Lewis (13:11.594)

Yeah, absolutely. I love the picture you've painted. If you need a great example of this situation, you can think back. If you haven't had a chance, Critical Rules, second campaign, spoiler alert, there's a part where the Mighty Nein are basically, they find themselves in a tundra situation. So really, really cold. And they gain

levels of exhaustion because they're traveling through this cold situation. They're stepping through deep snow. That's a really great example. But I really love the picture Tanner painted. You if you need to think about this in simpler terms, maybe you can think of Oregon Trail, right? The video game that we all played in computer class when we were younger. Or, you know, the Donner Party. Like these people are real life examples of

Tanner Weyland (13:55.988)

Yep.

Justin Lewis (14:08.842)

having to essentially deal with levels of exhaustion, right? Even up to the point of death. Now, another alternative rule that you might be interested in using, and I sort of just came up with this, and I don't know if this would be a good idea, but allowing spell casters to cast two spells in one turn in exchange for receiving a point of exhaustion. And...

Tanner Weyland (14:35.092)

down.

Justin Lewis (14:35.69)

You know, you might play with that a little bit depending on the spell level or whatnot and obviously who they're fighting, but that might be an interesting way to basically be like, yeah, you can definitely cast another spell. It's going to cost you this much. And you know, you're actually going to feel the effects because now, you know, their roles are going to be at disadvantage and then soon their speeds are going to be halved.

and things like that, but that might be another interesting way to add more exhaustion into combat itself.

Tanner Weyland (15:02.846)

Yep.

Tanner Weyland (15:08.31)

Yeah, I love that, especially where, you know, if you want to homebrew a few things, then I mean, not only spell casters, but it's like, okay, let's have, you know, the the melee characters, they can make maybe, you know, two, maybe even three actions.

You know, in, in, uh, in a turn, but they're going to increase the thing of, uh, a level of exhaustion. And while that might feel like, Oh, that's broken. It's like, well, they need to have a long rest to get rid of that. So that means until they have that next long rest, they, they get disadvantaged on their ability checks. You know, that's, that's a rough time. Um, so play around with that. I don't want to spend all of our time on exhaust exhaustion, but I think it's a classic example of.

You know, of DMs feeling like it's just not practical when it could have so much story implications, you know, and I just love it. Um, but let's move on to some of the other ones like poison. Uh, if you're poisoned that that's common condition, right? You're fighting some spiders in the forest. Uh, they start singing and they take, and you take not only the normal damage, but also some point at poison damage. I think that this one, you could really stand to do a lot more homebrew.

with it, right? Where, where it's like, okay, yeah, they're poisoned, but it's not just adding points of damage, right? It's like, oh, it's poisoned, but the effect is every this many hours, you know, they take a temporary point of condition damage, right? Where like, there's a lot of different effects that poison can have in real life. And we should let that actually show, you know, when someone becomes poisoned.

So that that's kind of my two cents on that, where it's like, okay, make the what happens, play around with it. Don't always make it just straight damage that happens every, you know, every six seconds, but also make it have interesting effects and also interesting cures. Right. Cause if you have that kind of situation where it's like, Oh, this poison isn't going away, but also you don't have to solve it immediately. Cause it's not going to kill you in a minute.

Tanner Weyland (17:24.566)

then that gives your party a chance to you know, that it gives the chance for the ranger to have an Aragorn moment and be like, okay, I'm going to use roll nature and see if I can find these herbs that will heal it, right? Or something like that.

Justin Lewis (17:40.938)

Absolutely. One thing I will say around herbs is, well first of all with poisons as a whole, you need to kind of make the punishment fit the crime. And that's the weirdest way of saying, make sure the poison fits the level the characters are at. So if they're higher level, then if the poison is really going to like impact them at all, it should probably be kind of quest worthy. Whereas if they're lower level,

Tanner Weyland (18:08.342)

Yeah.

Justin Lewis (18:09.418)

it makes sense for them to get bit by, you know, just, you know, a lower level spider and have to find an herb in the same forest they're in to fix it, right? Because it's going to be a little bit harder for them. Also on that note, play around with the location of the antidote relative to the location of the poison or venom, I guess, technically speaking. In D &D it's the same thing, but, you know,

Tanner Weyland (18:20.66)

Yes.

Tanner Weyland (18:32.97)

Yes.

Justin Lewis (18:37.034)

you might put the antidote in the same forest, or you might put it somewhere else. If you put it somewhere else, have the presence of mind to make sure that the effects of the poison don't outright kill them before they have a chance to get the antidote, right? Like Tana was saying, make it pressing, but not pressing to the point that they die. Last thing I'd say is, in real life, poisons, they sort of...

Tanner Weyland (18:49.118)

Yeah.

Justin Lewis (19:04.906)

kind of overcome your body, right? And Lord of the Rings is a great example. Frodo descends more and more into becoming a wraith, right, because he was poisoned. At first, you know, his effects, his symptoms were not as severe. So if you're home brewing it, that might be something you could also play around with. You know, however long it takes, their symptoms start to become more severe because the poison is reaching different parts of the body.

Tanner Weyland (19:35.03)

Yeah. And I think there's just to speak also to the effects. There's some effects that's like, Hey, you could totally have so much fun with this. Like, think about it. Does a barbarian need, you know, uh, do they need charisma? Not really. But imagine if they got poisoned with something that kind of eats away at their flesh, or at least just models it like, like it makes it modeled where they just look bad. And so like over time, day by day, they're looks are looking worse.

And they need that kind of antidote and they don't know where it is. And that's a great story thing where, oh, they've got to do this whole thing. Like this is built into the character now where they're looking physically...

Hello, and Welcome to How To Be A Better D, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. My name is Tanner Weyland, and together we will learn about how to prepare the best adventures and environments for our players to enjoy. 

Today my dear friends, we are going to talk about how you can help your players advocate for themselves.

Also, this episode was sponsored by Magic Mind. Go to this website: magicmind.com/JANbetterdm and use our code, BETTERDM20 to get up to 40% off your subscription.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM!

Today, we're talking about how to invite silliness and funny business to your table, and why it can help your group enjoy the entire experience.

Here is the episode transcript for anyone interested:

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters. Rent. I'm Justin Lewis here with my friend Tanner Weyland. Hi. Yeah, that's all I got, sorry. Yeah, good to see you all. Great to be here. Tanner and I are in rare form today. We just recorded another episode, which, which went a little bit long.

So we're going to kind of do this fast mode. We're going to do a speed run, uh, but which probably means we'll just go the normal length because I'm a little bit. That's how it always goes is we're like, Oh, let's be fast. Okay. 20 minutes later. Exactly. Uh, without further ado though, let's jump in actually first a quick mention, follow us on Instagram at how to be better DM and at monsters.rent.

Now let's jump in today. We're going to talk about the flip side of one of our episodes last month, which was how to add tragedy to your game. So they were talking about how to, how to add comedy to your game and in the Shakespearean. Uh, definition of the word comedy just means a happy ending, right?

Everyone, like Tanner said, last time, everyone gets married. Essentially in this episode, we're going to talk specifically about making people smile, laugh, or giggle kind of that sort of comedy, the comedy that we're, we're more familiar with today. Not necessarily just a happy ending because obviously everyone wants a happy ending, but more of how to add comical moments or silly moments, or, you know, he has and gaffaws and laughs to your game.

Yeah, and it's so important because I think, you know, being a DM and playing D& D is so much of it is about fun, and it's hard to separate fun from funny, right? In terms of just Practicality, right? Cause you're having more fun if you think things are funny and in, and if you're able to joke with each other and riff, and that's, you know, sometimes there's not always a place for that in every part of the game, right?

Because like we mentioned last time, if you don't have tragic moments or more serious moments, then the game kind of loses some of its weight. But, but honestly, I would argue that, uh, that if you have five times the amount of comedy to tragedy. Then you're in a pretty good place because people are, are happy to come.

They feel like they're in a very friendly environment and you know, but, but there's also some issues, right? Like sometimes people don't feel like, you know, maybe things are too straightforward or you feel like there's not enough room for, for growth, you know, or not growth room for like silliness. Where people are like, Oh, everyone wants to just get through the encounter.

They don't want to hear me make a joke about like, Oh, I hit this guy in the knee, you know, or, you know, or trip him up because everyone wants to know if the mechanics are right for that and everything like that. Right? The people who get over serious is my main point. And I think that you can get around that by just, you know, as the DM putting your, uh, best, you know, silly foot forward and being like, Hey, not everything needs to be super serious, you know?

Absolutely. Uh, you definitely need to know the tenor of the table, and maybe that's the wrong phrase. Understand What people want and when, uh, and if you listen to your characters, you'll get a good sense of when they're willing to be silly or when they're willing to be serious. My, my rule of thumb is when it's a specific, uh, plot point, it's probably going to be serious.

And when I say specific plot point, I mean, like, if something happens one way or the other, the campaign has major consequences, right? The different differences in trajectory, but if it's not so, uh, serious, obviously in terms of consequences, definitely feel free and add in some, some comical elements. Uh, also if it is serious, there's no.

Nothing wrong with sort of taking breaks in between the seriousness, right? So if they're in, you know, a starship and they have to find their way off before everyone knows they're there, uh, you know, you can take a small moment to be like, yeah, you open up a door and you find us a storm trooper sitting on the toilet.

Right? Uh, you obviously close that and then you get back to work. Right? There's nothing wrong with that. But when you get to the final boss scene and you're fighting the dark Lord in his capital ship. You may or may not want comical elements unless your party trades in comical elements on a day to day basis, right?

If they fight that way, then that's how you need to play. So, so definitely listen to your party. Yeah. And, and speaking about party, I think. Uh, as a DM, you can certainly build in moments that you think will be kind of funny, like challenges specifically, if you throw in like a puzzle or a skill check, that's just kind of silly in general, right?

you know, Like people trying to work through, uh, like sneakily through a factory filled with a bunch of breakable statues and then, you know, something falls over, then it's like, you kind of like, there are ways that you can turn like a skill check or something else. Kind of into a potentially comedic situation, right?

But, but I think the best way that you can actually add it into your campaign is just paying really close attention to what your players want to do. So sometimes players want to want to do something that, you know, in, in real life, you just couldn't do. And I'm not talking magic. I'm saying like, no, it just doesn't make sense.

And you know, there's a couple options. You could go with that. You could be the DM who's like, no, that doesn't make sense. Try again. Or you actually do it, but it goes how it should go, which is terribly. And that's hilarious. You know, where essentially you don't always have to shut down your players. If they're just doing something stupid or something that wasn't that well thought out.

It's like, no, let, let them do it and then play it up. Don't like, don't turn their mistake into something that's just like, Oh, take 10 steps back, but instead be like, Oh man. You let's accentuate how funny this is and how terribly it goes, and you can do that a lot with your tone and how you act and you're like, okay, roll that diet, you know, and then explain and be like, so you wanted to do this.

This is what actually happens that I think that you really want to just. Embrace what your players are kind of the, the, the opportunities they give you, right? Both in terms of their mistakes, but also sometimes they're, they're being a little bit silly in a conversation and they, and you can tell that instead of like letting your characters over seriousness.

Pull them back to being serious, you know, give into that like more often than not and like kind of let the conversation Tend in a sillier direction a lot of it is just adding silliness to the game isn't so much You being super funny, but it's more about Not shutting down the natural funniness and the silliness that comes with just playing with a bunch of people, right?

That's probably the best tip that we can give is that if you want comedy in your game Realize that you don't have to be the comical person, right? You can just let your players be the funny ones, right? They'll do funny things. They'll do things like Tanner said, that are nonsensical. And every so often you can do things that are somewhat similar, or you think that would make them laugh, but you don't actually have to be the comical one.

Just let your players be the funny ones. Everyone will laugh and you know, uh, life will go on. Yeah, and kind of going along with that, if you make a mistake and let's say you're like, Oh, this is going to be so difficult. And then the player comes up with a really overly simplistic solution that totally works, then laugh at yourself, you know, be like, okay, so I plan on this.

Well, well, I guess this is done. Okay. What now? You know, they're like, that's, that's also a funny situation. And if you open up and kind of let yourself be a little bit vulnerable there, it can be hilarious for your players too. You know, uh, I think in terms of adding silliness, lightheartedness is the key to it.

All right, don't, don't try and ridicule players to an extreme extent. You can kind of poke fun at like what they chose to do, but you know, don't just like, if you can tell it's bothering them, move on. You know, uh, or, you know, make, make it so that you're more laughing at the situation rather than them. Um, because you don't want to start making fun of people that way in a way that they get really hurt by.

Um, but, but I think that, that you can absolutely add it to every session. That you do, and it's only going to make it so that players are excited to come back week after week and going off of something. I heard from writing excuses, which is Brandon Sanderson's writing podcast, or at least it was. I don't know if he still does it, but they say for comedy, you take something normal.

And add something unexpected. So example, you know, my storm trooper pooping on the toilet, right? The party is running, trying to find a place to hide. They open the door. Storm troopers basically in full armor sitting on the toilet, right? That's Normal, because that's what people do, but it's also unexpected because you're like, this is a star destroyer.

Why is it, you know, they're not supposed to have bathrooms in the galactic empire, you know, of the seven. Another example. Yesterday, my wife and I were kind of joking around, like, what if you don't tip the door dasher? Like who's bringing you your food. And I was like, yeah, he just brings out like a giant bean, like a bean, like the size of a bowling ball and just gives it to you.

That's what he gives it to you. And it's, it's, it's normal. Cause it's food, but it's also like, it's just a big bean, you know, like it's weird. So, so kind of stuff like that. She, she got a kick out of it, but, uh, stuff like that, where you take something slightly normal. And you make it unexpected in some way that sort of breaks people's state and makes them put their head up and pay attention.

But also when they think about it, they're like, that's Why? Like what? Uh, it's easier said than done, obviously, but that's sort of a small framework that you can work off of. Yeah. And a lot of times funniness, uh, and silliness is just a bad contrast. Like you were saying, right. It's like, Oh, that's just, that's odd.

Right. Like it's finding something that like, Oh, maybe works, but it's a little bit off kilter, like, Oh, there's, you know, there's three pigs that you could win at the fair. Uh, two of them are like pork chop and then another one's bacon. Then third one's like Guillermo, right? It's like, it's just, it's about that incongruity and, and you can play with that a whole lot of ways where it's like, okay, maybe they're in a serious conversation with an NPC.

Who's all business. And then suddenly they mentioned the weather and he gets really weirdly specific, right? He's like, uh, no, but please, the nine day forecast says this, how dare, you know, like, it's just adding a little bit of weirdness within like a bunch of normalness. And sometimes that's the most funny situation that there is.

Right. Uh, but yeah, I would say that, you know, something to avoid though, when trying to be funny is trying too hard. Um, because I, I've, I've been guilty of this in my life. Uh, I've, you know, I've had multiple people being like, man, you're really funny when you're not trying. Uh, thanks. And, and through my tears, I'm like, thank you.

Uh, and. I think that that's kind of the key where it's like, Hey, you know, if a joke doesn't land or something that you thought was going to be silly, no one really paid attention. That's okay. Don't let it, uh, you know, trip you up at all. Just keep going. Uh, and you know, once again, don't take it too personally.

If something you plan to be funny wasn't, uh, More be excited when you're able to accentuate the funniness that a player is trying to get going, right? Or just create it out of what they're doing. That's oftentimes a lot more funny and You're gonna enjoy yourself a lot more that way because you have less expectations built up.

Definitely don't try to be funny Just do things that you think would be funny And if you can make yourself laugh, then that's a win. And it's very likely that other people will laugh. Sometimes they won't, but that's probably the third tip that I would give. Do things that would make you laugh. Not do things to be funny, but do things that you think are funny, right?

And there's a very fine line there. One is, you're trying way too hard. The other is, haha, this is great. Do you understand the difference? Yeah, exactly. And so I think, you know, we said we keep it short and we will because frankly, it's a simple topic. But, you know, I guess my main, my last thought before I pass back to Justin is, you know, don't fight the funny, uh, if you don't have to, right?

If it's a really serious moment, then it's okay to do it then. But for most of the campaign, don't let mechanics or you thinking that something's ridiculous, like become like a negative, right? Let them accentuate things and actually make it funnier. Kind of like, uh, you know, it's like letting the stream flow, you know, remove the blockages rather than try to redirect it.

If that makes sense. I love that. That honestly, we should make that into a t shirt Tanner. Don't fight the funny. Uh, cause that is, I love that saying so much. So here's my last, um, my last thought. Why are impatient people always so skinny? I don't know why. It's because they can't stand the weight. Uh, that, that was a small joke for you, but yeah, see, so, uh, don't overthink it.

Just do things that have fun. And if you do need to, you can go look up jokes online, right? Uh, if that's what you really need to do, but I wouldn't resort to that. Uh, just my top three tips. Let your players do the funny, uh, don't fight the funny as Tanner said, add normal to unexpected. And then lastly, do things that make you laugh and you should be just fine.

Uh, this has been how to be a better DM. We're so very grateful for you listening to us again in this new year, and we wish you the best roles for you and the worst roles for your players. I'm just kidding. Uh, but seriously, natural twenties for everyone. Uh, we'll be back next week for another great episode until then let's roll initiative.

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. Thank you for joining me, I’m Justin Lewis, and today, I will be your guide through the Shadowfell. We have a lot to cover, including me talking with a very special guest later in the show.

Real quick if I can, I would like to say thank you to all of you who have joined The Guild. It’s been amazing seeing the collaboration between everyone in the Discord server and getting to know people from across the world. It’s also been cool to see some of the homebrew creations you have made. It’s fun being a part of it and seeing you guys make it really cool so just wanted to say thank you guys.

Now, let’s take a tour of the Shadowfell.

In today’s podcast episode, you will come with me as we enter into the Shadowfell, look for some of its inhabitants, talk about some of its dangers, and hopefully make it back out alive. 

The Shadowfell is a very dangerous place. Please, stay with the rest of the group, we don’t need any Wandering Wanda’s or Misbehavin Mavens.

We have a big group in the tour with us today so if you get lost look for this big yellow flag I am holding up.

Alright, so as you all know, right now we are standing in Faerun, one of the worlds of Dungeons and Dragons. Traveling here was no easy feat for many of you, but this tour is going to be worth the cost. Also, I can see many of you looking around warily. I know we are walking into a crypt. It’s ok, I’ve used a turn undead spell, so most of the undead in this general area should be turned right now… hopefully. I’ll explain why we are here in this crypt a little later.

What is the Shadowfell

Before we get to the Shadowfell, there are a couple things that you should probably know, like what the heck is it in the first place?

Well, because the multiverse is so vast and complex, the Shadowfell can be anything you want it to be, but for the most part it has some similarities multiverse to multiverse. I will also say, that because the Shadowfell changes D&D game to D&D game and sourcebook to novel, I might miss some things in this edition of a tour of the Shadowfell, so if I miss anything, please let me know. Send a message to @howtobeabetterdm or @monsters.rent on Instagram. 

The first thing you need to know is that the Shadowfell is always a separate plane unto itself, a demi-plane, or a region, depending on where in Reality you find yourself. Generally, traveling to the Shadowfell is a bit more involved than just going there, but we’ll get to that in a second.

On this tour, we’ll be visiting the Shadowfell as a completely separate plane than our own. We’ll explain a little more of what the Shadowfell is once we get there, but for now, know that it is a plane of shadow, darkness, despair and danger. So should be a fun place to visit right.

Traveling to the Shadowfell

Ok, then, when it comes to travelling to the Shadowfell, there are a few options.

Of course you can use the Plane Shift spell to get there, but aside from needing to be able to cast a 7th level spell, that means you must also have a tuning fork tuned to the Shadowfell, or know the specific sigil sequence of a teleportation circle within the Shadowfell. The tuning fork is a littler easier to come by, but the spellcasting ability, not so much. With the tuning fork, it needs to already have been attuned to the frequencies of the plane, meaning it was on the plane and it was struck on something. 

Alternatively, you can simply find a place where the planes converge. These places are naturally called, convergences. For any planes that share a convergence, these Gates can be virtually anywhere, but they usually are where magical energies pool. For example, you might find a dark wood where the shadows of 7 trees overlap, or you might find that a pipe in a sewer leads straight to the Shadowfell, or you might find a crypt with a corner of a mausoleum that is just a bit too creepy. In fact, that last example is the one we are going to.

Alright everybody, step this way. Mr. Johnson, please don’t frolick with the resident undead, yes thank you, I’m aware they want to eat you and bite you. Please stay with the group. 

Ok, everyone, we are now in one of the mausoleums of the Crypt and if you look in that corner, no light penetrates it at all. Over there, right now, is a gate to the Shadowfell. Now, in a moment we are going to walk through there. But first, let me warn you, intraplanar travel is sometimes unpleasant. If you feel sick, put your head between your legs. Please don’t throw up on the nice vests we gave you, as you will have to return those at the end of the tour.

Ok, here we go… Lets step through the portal……

And voila, we are in the Shadowfell (sound of people throwing up in the background).

General Conditions

Yes Miss Collins, very good question. How do we know that we are in the Shadowfell indeed?

Well, you see, the Shadowfell is what is called a Mirror plane or dimension. It mirror what is on the Material Plane, or our plane. It is similar to the Fey Wild and any other mirror planes that exists.

This means that many things you would find on the Material Plane, also exist in the Shadowfell, with some changes however. 

First of all, have you all noticed the chill? Are any of you feeling depressed? Those are effects of the Shadowfell. 

Now, I also want you to look around at the Mausoleum. Do you notice any changes?

That’s right, this mausoleum looks much more run down, dirty, and frankly in disrepair. The walls are crumbling and some black ichor seems to be oozing in the corners. The Shadowfell isn’t a perfect mirror, instead, it is a shadowy representation, a darkened simulacrum.

Follow me everyone, we are going to exit the Crypt. Please don’t wander from the tour group, I have a special protective charm here that can protect you, but only if you stay within 30 feet of me. In my last group, a young couple snuck off, and let’s just say, they didn’t get their complimentary Shadowfell Tours Baseball Caps.

Again, notice how similar our surroundings look to the material plane. Yet notice how the gravestones we are walking past are much more decayed and run-down. 

Also, look up in the sky. Though it feels like nighttime, there are no stars, and no moon. Even look at my torch. Where this burning light provided about 30 feet of light in the material plane at night, it only provides about 10 feet of light, which is why I provided each of you with a torch as well.

Now, one last thing you should all know before we continue the tour is that even though the Shadowfell is a mirror plane of the Material Plane, it still shifts. That is partly why it is so dangerous. Places may shift location from time to time and even disappear or be replaced with new places entirely. No please, everyone steps into the Tour vehicles. These vehicles have also been warded, but please keep your hands and feet inside the vehicles at all times.

Possible Enemies You can Encounter in the Shadowfell

Right now, we are traveling to a Domain of Dread called Barovia, and I’ll explain that and much more as we continue, but first let me tell you some of the creatures you might find in the Shadowfell.

First of all, notice the trees we are passing. See how the trees are desiccated and craggly. You won’t find greenery in the Shadowfell, unless it is by some foul magic, in which case, I would run far and fast if I were you. 

Basically everything here wants to kill you, well not everything. There are the Vistani.

The Vistani are wanderers who wander the Mists of the Shadowfell without being affected by it. They wear bright colors and are known for their musical talent as well as various other trades including entertaining, silversmithing, cooking, and horse-trading to name a few. An adventurer traveling through the Shadowfell might come upon one of their Caravans if they needed to trade for some goods or just some sort of respite from the despair of the Shadowfell. But the Vistani are not ones to cross, they have the “Evil Eye”, an ability that lets them curse anyone they look at. Still, they won’t kill you on sight. In fact, we are coming upon a Vistani caravan right now. Notice the bright colors. 

Ho there! How are the roads!

Vistani: “Terrible. Would you like to buy anything?”

Actually, I would love to buy something. What have you got by way of magical potions?

Vistani: “We have a potion of Engorgement, a Potion of Haste, and a Magic Mind.

Oh yes, a Magic Mind! That would be perfect, they are actually the Sponsor of Today’s Tour through the Shadowfell. Would you mind explaining to my tourists what the Magic Mind is and does.

Vistani: “Of course! In the Shadowfell, we are covered with a misma of despair. If you stay here too long, you might be overcome with this despair. You might find yourself waking up, dreading the day, feeling sluggish and like your mind is filled with cement. Magic Mind is designed to help stave off the effects of the Shadowfell despair. It has wonderful ingredients including Ashwaganda, Lionsmane Mushrooms and many more vitamins. It’s the perfect thing for adventurers in the Shadowfell.”

That’s right, and because it is the sponsor of today’s tour, you can purchase one in the gift shop at the end of the tour, or visit any local Sprouts Food Markets, or you can go to https://www.magicmind.com/JANbetterdm and use the code BETTERDM20 at checkout. That gives you 1 month free with a 3 month subscription, but it is only for the month of January.

Oo, Oo, look over there!

If you look out over that forest that is just down in the valley from us, see that very tall figure. Yes, I’m talking about that enormous creature that seems made of shadow and has large horns. That is a Nightwalker. That is one of the creatures that adventurers might find in the Shadowfell. It is definitely one of the more challenging creatures, with a Challenge Rating of 20. The Nightwalker is a sentient creature of undeath and darkness. It takes pleasure in suffering  and the corruption of other creatures. The nightwalker generally stands about 20 feet tall and has a natural weakness to sunlight. The nightwalker also has a strange ability to turn its victims into Bodaks, which is another creature adventurers might find in the Shadowfell.

In fact, if you look at the Nightwalker’s feet, you can see a bodak now. See those humanoid looking creatures that have rough clothing on, black skin and a face that looks hollow with a mouth that is too long for the face? That’s a bodak. 

Bodaks are similar to Nightwalkers in that they are sensitive to sunlight and they are equally malicious. While a Bodak’s Challenge rating is only a 6, it has a lot of damage resistances that make it a very challenging foe. Add to that the fact that the Bodak has an aura that when activated can cause necrotic damage to most around it within 30 feet. It’s definitely a foe to beware of.

Wait… Listen… do you hear that mournful howl? 

Yes, here, let’s take a quick detour… Drive the vehicles this way… And yes there it is.

Over there, sitting on that boulder is a Lonely Sorrowsworn. See its pale body and it’s black tears. Also notice how it is reeling in its long harpoon-like appendage. It has one on both arms.

Sorrowsworn are very interesting creatures. The Shadowfell is a melancholy place, and sometimes that pervasive despair can cause the creation of a Sorrowsworn. There are different sorrowsworn types, and each embody a particular type of despair. 

The Lonely Sorrowsworn we have here embodies the deep desire for companionship. Because of this, the Lonely Sorrowsworn shoots out its appendages and pulls its victims closer to it. 

The Angry Sorrowsworn can be distinguised by two bickering heads. The Angry also uses violence to sustain itself, making its attacks grow stronger when its opponents fight back. The flip side to that is also true, meaning that if adventurers want to avoid bad encounters with this beast, stop fighting it and its attacks will weaken and it will become confused.

The Hungry Sorrowsworn can be spotted by their gaunt and emaciated frames. They have no fat on their bodies which leads them to constantly seek anything to fill their bellies. They will eat adventurers alive if necessary.

The Lost Sorrowsworn have multiple limbs and grasp at anyone they see in a desperate and fearful attempt to overcome the anxiety of being completely lost. These Sorrowsworn are created by people visiting the Shadowfell who become lost and wander in the mists. 

The smallest Sorrowsworn are the Wretched Sorrowsworn. These small creatures are called The Wretched Sorrowsworn. They run in packs, ranging the Shadowfell, devouring anything they come upon. If you adventure in the Shadowfell, beware the massive numbers of these creatures.

There are many creatures that one might find in the Shadowfell. Basically any undead creature or any creature of shadow can be found here. We won’t spend too much time on the creatures because we have an appointment in Barovia.

Domains of Dread

Before we get to Barovia, let me tell you about the Domains of Dread. The Domains of Dread are what you might consider a Demiplane, located within the Shadowfell, somewhat separated by everything else  by thick mist. Now this might change universe to universe.

The mists surrounding the domains prevent its inhabitants from leaving through simple means, which means that these Domains of Dread are in some way, sort of prisons as well as terrifying places to visit. In fact these Demiplanes of Dread were created by the Dark Powers, unknown beings of, well, dark power, that then sort of subjugated the lords they installed over each section of the Demiplanes of Dread.

Look here, here are those mists that I was talking about. Everyone please stay inside the vehicles as we pass through.

There are multiple sections within the Domains of Dread, but the oldest and most well known is rules by the vampire, Count Strahd Von Zarovich. In fact, The Curse of Strahd Module, takes place in Barovia, under the watchful gaze of the Count himself (1, 2, 3 ah ah ah).

Whether or not it takes place in the Shadowfell, I believe is up to the Dungeon Master.

Ah, and here we are, at Barovia. Barovia was originally a location in a material world that has long since been forgotten, but was transported here to the Shadowfell by the Dark Powers using those mists that we just passed through. As you can see, Barovia consists of a large valley that is mostly dense forest, with some cliffs and rocky outcroppings. Looking overhead, you’ll see the dark overcast sky. It’s always like that. Unlike some other areas of the Shadowfell, Barovia may seem slightly more similar to the material plane in that the trees and animals that populate this region are similar to what we have in the material plane. If you look to your right and left you’ll see hardwood trees while up on that ridge over there are more evergreen type trees. 

 Now look at the top of the valley and you’ll see our next destination itself; Castle Ravenloft, Strahd’s own home and center of ruling. 

Now that we’ve entered the town itself of Barovia, notice how unwelcoming and distrustful the inhabitants here are. Slamming doors and wayward glances are normal here. 

Over there, you’ll see the Amber Temple, an ancient temple built by wizards who were then corrupted by the Dark Powers. Inside you’d find images of dark beings from all across the multiverse. In fact, that temple is where Strahd forged his deal with the Dark Powers in the first place. 

It’s a pity we weren’t able to visit the other three villages in the valley, Vallaki, Krezk or Oraşnou, but, if you want to visit those villages, then you can book the extended tour. This is afterall, the introductory tour.

Ah, now we ascend up the steep slope to that rocky outcropping, upon which, you can all see, the tall Castle Ravenloft. Strahd’s home.

As we ascend, turn your heads back and notice that you can see most of the Barovian valley. This is presumably why the castle was built up here, as well as its natural defensive nature that any castle should afford.

Ok, everyone please exit the vehicles. Remember as we enter the Castle, we are Strahd’s guests. At Better Dungeon Master Tours, we pride ourselves on our guests survivability rate, and we have a deal with Strahd that as long as you stay with the tour guide (me) you won’t be harmed. If you wander off, I can’t help you.

Yes, these enormous wooden doors were handcrafted decades ago, notice the dark and wonderful workmanship adorning them from top to bottom.

Ah, Count Von Zarovich!

Strahd: “Please, call me Strahd. Welcome to Barovia and welcome to Castle Ravenloft.”

Very well Strahd. Thank you so much for hosting our tour group. Your valley is most impressive.

Strahd: “Thank you. Please follow me. The room you just entered into is our foyer. We will go through just two more rooms before we sit down to have our interview. This next room we are entering is the chapel. Every good castle must have one, and Raveloft is no different. 

Moving on, we are passing into the main dining Hall. Notice the enormous chandeliers hanging from the ceiling. All three are handmade from Crystal long ago, before I was brought to this accursed plane. Here you will all find seats at my table with a wonderful meal prepared.”

Excellent. Now Strahd, as you know, our tour involves mostly Dungeon Masters who would care to introduce the Shadowfell to their players, but there may be a few players here too.

Strahd: “Yes, this is one reason why I agreed to the interview. If your tourists had been nothing more than peasant, I would have killed each and every one of them.”

Of course. So with our audience in mind, what would you say is the hardest part of traveling in the Shadowfell?

Strahd: “I think the hardest parts involve the pervasive despair for one, and a difficulty of providing food. The Shadowfell is a very difficult place to live. Most of the creatures here are inedible for mere mortals. Even the more mundane creatures that have managed to survive here will not taste fully satisfying. It is part of the curse living here. Any DM that wishes to bring their players here could highlight the despair and for characters who spend extended periods of time here, the DM might choose to have them gain levels of exhaustion, or perhaps shift their entire roleplaying demeanor to be more melancholy and more depressed.

As far as the food is concerned, any food the adventurers eat, unless it has been blessed, will taste dull, and possibly bland. Its very taste will add to the melancholy and despair of the Shadowfell. The water will feel less...

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today, Tanner and Justin talk about the joys of 2023 and what to look forward to in 2024. The transcript is below.

We also mention today's sponsor, Magic Mind.

Get 1 month free off of a 3 month subscription by going to https://www.magicmind.com/JANbetterdm and using the code BETTERDM20 at checkout!

Justin (00:03.449)

Welcome back to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. I'm your host today, Justin Lewis, here with Tanner Wayland, my brother in arms, my compadre, my colega. How's it going?

Tanner Weyland (00:18.222)

Such a good man. I'm so many things. I'm excited.

Justin (00:22.386)

Well, you are everything, but you're also Tanner. And that's exactly what we need. I'm being a little nostalgic today because today is the last podcast episode of 2023. Now I never thought we would get to 2023, right? Because you never see yourself moving forward in time. But I think today it would be ad propo, whatever that means, to take a look back.

Tanner Weyland (00:28.891)

Hahaha

Justin (00:50.253)

at 2023 and also take a look forward into 2024, maybe do some divination magic and see what the future holds for us. What do you think, Tanner?

Tanner Weyland (01:00.042)

I'm down for that. Yeah, let's, oh, go ahead, sorry.

Justin (01:01.773)

Excellent. Well, I was gonna say, let's start with 2023. And Tanner, if you want to kick us off.

Tanner Weyland (01:07.463)

Ciao.

Tanner Weyland (01:10.826)

I mean, yeah, just to on a personal note, it's been, it's been a busy year. One things have gotten busier with the podcast as we'll talk about, but also, uh, I mean, just personally got a dog. We got a house, uh, a house at the start of the year, dog halfway through the year, good old banjo. He's a, he's a cutie. He probably just heard me bless his heart. Um, but yeah, it's been a great Christmas season. Uh, Kirstie and I are doing well. Uh, otherwise, you know, just.

Things are busy, but we're keeping up over here. How about you, Justin?

Justin (01:42.841)

Yes, things are also busy for us. We had a baby. That's probably the biggest thing that happened to us personally this year, back in August, my wife and I had a baby. Funny story, for nine months, we thought the baby was gonna be a girl. The ultrasounds told us it was gonna be a girl. And then the baby came out as a boy. So check your ultrasounds, people. You don't wanna surprise like that. But having a baby has been very rewarding, very tiring.

both those things.

Tanner Weyland (02:13.962)

Yeah. And I mean, I believe that that's, that's the thing about kids. You get a lot from them, but, uh, they request everything from you.

Justin (02:22.277)

Absolutely, absolutely. Well, specifically talking about the podcast, we've had actually a really good year. It's been fun seeing the podcast grow. And one of my favorite things this year has been just in November, we had our highest download month. We had 5,000 downloads in the month, over 5,000 downloads, which is not a small thing, right? I think...

Most podcasts never get past 10 episodes, right? Just that's how it is statistically. And you're in the top 50% of podcasts if you get more than 100 listens on any episode within the first seven days, and we get around 200. So we're probably in the top 70% of podcasts maybe. Obviously it is kind of an exponential curve, but it's really cool to see the growth we're having. And more than that, I think is

you know, having people reach out and being like, yeah, you guys are helping us, you know, DM better or helping me. I just like listening to you guys. And it's just, it's fun to think, you know, we did something that people like, which in this day and age is pretty, pretty rare.

Tanner Weyland (03:40.914)

Yeah, you know, I think that it's a great thing just seeing that, you know, I don't think of us as any kind of exceptional people. Like, obviously, we have a lot of advice on being DMs, but it's nice to know that it's like, hey, if we and, you know, the guests we bring on, just share some of our thoughts, you know, think a little deeper about the individual parts of being a DM, then you can do really good work. It's kind of like a journaling in your personal life where it's like, yeah.

If you just spend a little bit more thought deconstruct things a little bit, uh, regurgitate it in a good way, then essentially you, you learn, there's a lot to learn from just a simple review of things. Right. And so that's, that's been kind of an interesting thing. And I've loved knowing that we're, we're helping people that way.

Justin (04:30.853)

Absolutely. I mean, even though we talk a lot about DMing, I would in no way, shape or form claim us to be the world's best DMs. Well, I can't speak for Tanner, but myself, I DMed just last night, and afterwards I was like, man, I need to get way better. But I'm sure that that's how a lot of people feel. And honestly, that's why how to be a better DM exists, because we want you to not feel that way instead. Finish the session being like, wow, that was so great. I'm just so happy.

Tanner Weyland (05:01.65)

Yeah, exactly. And you know, we try and change it up with the with the topics if you know, in the future, if you guys ever are like, hey, we want specific topics or types of content, like, we've considered, you know, reviewing

other people's games, you know, as they DM we considered a lot of different types of things. We always try and get on guests who we think would be valuable. But if any of you have any ideas, we of course welcome that.

Justin (05:32.785)

Yeah, actually, you can go on Instagram, look up at howtobetterdm or at monsters.rent, send us a message, suggestions, or even content that we missed in an episode. You know, if you think that a particular episode needs to be fleshed out a little bit more, definitely let us know. Or if, like Tanner said, you want us to basically, you know, commentate on your session, you just have to record your session and send it to us. But...

Really over this last year, like Tanner mentioned, we had some pretty great guests. I think one of my favorites was Victor Bovine. And that's mostly just because, you know, I kind of cut my teeth on the Forgotten Realms by listening to the Drizzt o'Urden series by R.A. Salvatore. And Victor Bovine was the voice actor, right? And so, you know, his voice for me is Drizzt o'Urden. And it was really cool to, you know, to listen to him. It was also fun, you know, hanging out with Andy from WeGeek together. And,

having like that live podcast feel, which is kind of rare for us just because our guests are mostly not in the same locale. Though I do think, you know, moving into the next year, I think it would be cool to have more and more in-person guests if we can get them.

Tanner Weyland (06:47.254)

Yeah, agreed. Like Andrew, he was great. Cause I mean, you should have seen all the technical issues we had going into that. Cause we, we weren't onsite, you know, we, we didn't do it at either of our places or at a studio, we went to we geek together, you know, his store set up there, just so many technical issues getting it set up. And then once it was finally done, it was just cool to actually have a chill conversation and we even thought that we had lost like the, the recording and we found it. And so like that one.

I think I'm nostalgic for it from like a trauma standpoint because it was like both you had the bitter and the sweet you know but that one was memorable for me

Justin (07:26.663)

Yeah.

Justin (07:29.817)

Agreed, agreed. Also, we want to say thank you to everyone who participated with us in the one-shots of last year. We know that they weren't as periodic. They didn't happen every month. But we were grateful to you for joining us and having fun with us, even amidst the technical difficulties of the one-shots. I know the last one that I did, very technically difficult.

And hopefully in the next year we can have more one-shots and more people join. Even if there are opportunities for live one-shots in person, if there's a group of listeners here in the Utah region, we can get together and do a one-shot that way. That would be fun, I think. But again, just wanted to say thank you for everyone who participated and also for all the guest DMs we've had over the last couple of years.

Tanner Weyland (08:24.298)

Yeah, absolutely. It's always fun seeing you guys, meeting you guys, and also just playing. We learn a lot every time that we do, because it's one thing playing with a party that you've played with consistently. Playing with a new one always is such a learning experience. So thank you for being, I mean, our friends and our guinea pigs to some extent. So thank you.

Justin (08:48.895)

Yeah

Absolutely. Another great thing that we did this year was the guild. And the guild is sort of a kind of collaboration between the podcast and Monsters.Rent. And really it's all the same thing, but just for your information, the guild is basically a free community that the goal is to connect people.

who are like-minded in the same space, but also give them resources and things like that, right? We have the beginning of a Dungeon Mastering course, and we have some downloadable resources available online through the guild, again, all free. And for me, the coolest thing of the guild has been, one, seeing people slowly kind of come in, right? And every new person that enters the guild adds so much to everyone who's already there, and...

hopefully to themselves, but also seeing the collaboration between the people within the guild, seeing people talk about homebrew monsters that they're working on or puzzles that they found. It's just really cool to sort of sit back and see you guys, because if we could bottle up all of your knowledge and experience, I think that would be way more informational and helpful than what we can say.

And it's frankly just kind of a treat just to be kind of on the receiving end of that.

Tanner Weyland (10:18.93)

Yeah, absolutely. That one's been just fun seeing like it's growing slowly because we haven't been doing it that long. But but every time it does then you feel you know, like, like you each new person is like a measurable help to everyone else. And I love that.

Justin (10:35.013)

Yeah, yeah. It's also growing slowly, I'd say, because I don't know about you, Tanner, but I have no idea how to do Discord, right? Like, I don't know technically very well. But also, I'm not like a people person, per se, so it's kind of a stretch for me being like, yeah, welcome, let's talk about these things. So it's definitely a new experience.

Tanner Weyland (10:58.962)

Yeah, absolutely. So thank you for your patience with us, if you are a part of that. And if you're not, come join, you know? Add to the milieu, as the French say, of the voices and everything. For us, I mean, probably the thing that's made me busiest this year is, I mean, aside from the podcast in general, it's Monsters.Rent. You guys have heard us talk about that, you know, for a hot second now. But...

Yeah, it's just been kind of an eye opening experience where it's like, yeah, there's a lot more to a, uh, miniature rental business than you'd think. Uh, but it's, it's had a lot of, uh, a lot of ups, some downs, but, um, you know, I think for me, like, uh, a big up was just, you know, at the start, there's always a question when you're starting kind of like a side venture, a side project.

of like, okay, how much do we throw ourselves into it at the start? And do we do it slowly? Do we just jump in and, you know, see if we can swim? And I think we got a good experience with that with the dead wars that we geeked together through, through back in, was it May?

Justin (12:14.773)

I think it was May, April, around there.

Tanner Weyland (12:17.25)

May, April. Yeah. Because you know, we, we made and painted like, what it was like 200 minis for that. And then beyond that, we, like we went to the show, we had a booth, you know, we got a sign printed, you know, we kind of put our best foot forward. And that was kind of a an interesting experience. I really like that.

Justin (12:26.345)

200. Yep.

Justin (12:43.293)

Yeah, I think it was fun for us because it helps solidify kind of the real business aspect. When you start a business, it's sort of like in your head until it goes out in public, right? Once you start getting people signed up and people buying things from you, then you're like, wow, this is like a real business. And for me, that was just really fun. It was also sort of...

kind of validation, talking to a lot of people saying, yeah, this is like a really great idea. Now, obviously, people saying that and people buying whatever you have to sell, two very different things, but it was a big event for us. And I think it did move us forward, at least in maturity, business-wise, right? But another kind of highlight was when we sort of upgraded our boxes, and we're still sort of working on this process actually,

Tanner Weyland (13:33.303)

Yeah.

Justin (13:41.001)

the inside of the boxes, but we started using these wooden boxes that were kind of custom designed. They have the Monsters.Rent logo and everything on them. Actually, if you go to our website on mobile, you can see there's like a cover image of a video that actually displays the box really well on the homepage. But those boxes are pretty sweet. And honestly, just the box itself is like cool enough that...

someone should like want to buy it, but I mean, who knows?

Tanner Weyland (14:13.798)

Yeah, exactly. That was, it's kind of nice having a little bit more individuality, uh, to our products, cause that's what we hope to do. The priority obviously is just like, Hey, we want to make easily accessible and rentable minis, you know, that are affordable so that people don't have to, you know, buy a bunch that just sit around cause they don't want to reuse same minis all the time, but it's also nice to, you know, make a little bit more of an individual product that way. Uh, I've really enjoyed, uh,

beyond that, also we've just gotten some really good help, like some amazing help from a few influencers. And obviously, you know, it's more in the D&D space and the, you know, but we really like Bennett and Courtney, Bennett, you, if you don't follow him, you should, you absolutely should. He's at, he's at the Ben Chewie, C-H-E-W-Y. And Courtney, she's at the Curly.

K U R L I G I R L I cosplay. So it's the Curly Gurly Cosplay. They've both been so helpful, honestly. We really loved the videos that they put out for us and kind of having that partnership set up. And if you haven't heard of them, go check them out, because they're great.

Uh, regardless though, we're so grateful for them and everyone else who's been helpful along the way, because you know, we've, we've worked with quite a few people, some people haven't been able to keep working with us, uh, like just because of time constraints or, or other things, and we're just so grateful for anyone who's, you know, put any time into this and, and also to any of you who, you know, gave us a shot. And so we were truly appreciative for that.

Justin (16:02.737)

Absolutely. Uh, probably the biggest thank you that we can give from a monsters.rent is to the current users of it, uh, the people who are sticking with us regardless of, you know, how many technical hiccups we have or, or how, uh, non user friendly the website may or may not be at any given moment because, you know, it's always in flux, um, and actually, you know, Bennett going back to that.

Uh, the video, he made us a video and you can see that video on the homepage right now, if you, if you go there, uh, it's a pretty sweet video, uh, really well done, so definitely go to at the Ben Chewie on Instagram, tick talk and you know, give them a follow, but I think another cool thing that really for us has been just kind of a treat has been the ability to accumulate or have the ability to produce something like over a hundred

different minis, including 12 bundles of different themed minis. And seeing the different files and things has been really fun and nice. We actually signed up for the commercial license of someone on my mini factory. Right. And that's allowed us to kind of accumulate these minis and they're really well done. But I think moving forward, we have hopefully, you know, some other plans. We'll tell you that in a second.

But anything else you want to talk about in terms of 2023?

Tanner Weyland (17:30.606)

Uh, mostly I, one thing that we forgot to mention with the podcast was just sponsorships really, because we've been, you know, one nice thing is we, we like putting out the podcast, uh, up till now though, we like, with a couple exceptions, it hasn't really made us money, you know, which we're happy to still do it, but it's nice that the sponsorships allow it to be more of a long-term thing.

And like for example, Magic Mind. Honestly, we've been working with them recently and they've been so helpful and supportive and we just really appreciate that.

Justin (18:10.909)

Yeah. Uh, when they first reached out, um, and this is sort of a little bit behind the scenes, like how the sausage is made kind of deal. Obviously the podcast costs money every month for the hosting and things like that. It costs us time. And, you know, we really love it. And. We, if we do the podcast, we can't do other things that might provide for us financially, you know, for our families and things like that. Tanner has a wife and a dog. I have a wife and a dog and a baby.

So we can't do this all day every day just because we have jobs. When Magic Mind reached out and they're like, yeah, we'd like to partner with you. Honestly, it sounded a little bit too good to be true. So I was like, is this real? Just because I've had people, on Instagram you always get those people are like, yeah, you're woman of the year. And I'm like, I'm a man. So they were like, yeah, we'd like to work with you guys. And

through the whole process, they've just been so nice. And to me, it shows me really what's behind their product, which is Magic Mind, it's a productivity shot, but it shows kind of the culture of their company. With our first sort of promotion, it was kind of a little creative, I was a little nervous of how they'd receive it, and we sent it over, and our contact over there was just like, yeah, this is so great, she was just so praising of us, that to me, again, it just showed

if they are that excited and that emotional and energetic about, you know, the promotion, then that's obviously what's behind the productivity shot, Magic Mind, which is, you know, a subscription for it's supposed to replace your coffee or your tea in the...

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM! And Merry Christmas!

Today, we are going to try and make our hearts grow three sizes by sharing our gifts as DMs! And we'll be having the ghosts of Christmas help us!

This episode was sponsored by Magic Mind! Find out more info here: https://www.magicmind.com/betterdm

Use our code, BETTERDM20 to get up to 50% off of a subscription!

Mentioned in this episode:

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome back to today's show. Today we talk about tragedy.

Here are some of the questions we talked about today on the show:

Writing Tragedy into your Game

What is tragedy in D&D and what are some examples?

Why use tragedy?

Environmental Tragedy

Personal Tragedy

What makes tragedy earned?

What are some wrong ways to go about adding tragedy to a D&D campaign?

Mentioned in this episode:

Give Us a Rating and Review

You obviously have really good taste, you’re listening to How to Be a Better DM after all. We thank you for your support. If you’ve ever gotten anything useful from our show, take a minute to give us a rating and a review. It goes a very long way to making it so How to Be a Better DM can help many more dungeon masters just like you. If you love our content, help others become better dungeon masters too.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

What to Do When a Player Misses a Session

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, the Official Podcast of Monsters.Rent, the only rental subscription service for D&D minis.

I’m your host today, Justin Lewis, and today, you and I will talk about a topic that affects every gaming group at least once in their campaign. To be honest, it’s somewhat a thorn in my side as I personally hate when this happens. It can interupt the flow of the game and cause some confusion as far as the story goes as well. It’s a plague, and today we will find the cure…

But before we get to that, I just want to let you know that we want to hear from you, literally. We want to start featuring some listener questions or tips on the show, so go to Instagram, then go to @monsters.rent and send us a message, either audio, video or text, of a question you want answered, or a tip you have found helpful in your DMing experience. We’ll mention it on the show and also give you a quick shoutout.  We realized that you have a wealth of experience that should be shared as well. So why not share it. Again, go to @monsters.rent on Instagram and send us a message and we’ll get it up on show.

So, the plague that I was talking about earlier? It’s when a player misses a session or can’t make a particular session.

Let’s take a scenario. This is a text thread between you and your group.

DM: D&D tonight at 6. Does that work for everyone?

Alex: Yup, I can’t wait.

Sean: Of course bruh, I’ll bring the soda.

Maddy: I’ll bring snacks. Does everyone like Japanese Algae candy.

Alex: No way, that stuff’s gross.

Maddy: Alex, I saw you eat like 10 handfuls of the stuff last week.

Jerry: I’m really sorry guys, I can’t make it tonight…

The rest of the thread: stunned silence for the next 3 hours.

This is a very common situation. The reason why there is stunned silence in the text thread for the next 3 hours is because every wants to play D&D that night. Jerry is the only one not able to make it. Everyone else is wondering, “What do we do?”

That is, in part what I want to talk about today. What do you do?

First off, let’s talk about what you can do and then let’s talk about why and when you should or shouldn’t do any particular thing.

I also want to make it very clear. Don’t feel guilty for wanting to play D&D without one of your players there. It happens. Also, don’t feel guilty for rescheduling for a later time. I’ve said this before, but D&D is a hobby and other things take precedence sometimes. That said, let’s talk about your options.

Here are, as I see them your only options:

1. Reschedule the Session for a Different Time
2. Play Anyway
3. Kidnap the delinquent player, duck-tape them to a chair, wax their eyebrows off for the impertenence of missing a session, and play anyways

That’s everything you can do. That last one might be somewhat…. Hmmm I think the word is illegal… but you get what I mean.

So now that we know what can be done, let’s talk about what should be done….

Reschedule the Session

Probably the least the desirable option is to reschedule the session. This is likely the least desirable because it’s assumed that everyone in the group wants to play D&D. This is essentially making everyone suffer. I’m not bitter, I’m just stating the facts.

Sometimes though, it is the right choice.

The most common reason for a rescheduling is that multiple people in the group can’t make it. You’ll have to come up with your own hard and fast rules, but in my group, if 3 people can’t make it, then for sure we are rescheduling. If 2 people can’t make it, then it’s like 85% sure that we are rescheduling. If 1 person can’t make it, it’s 60% sure that we are rescheduling.

I would say that rescheduling, regardless of the right choice, is likely the easiest option for the DM. Everything else is somewhat more involved. 

Now, I will say, just because you reschedule DND doesn’t mean that you have to reschedule games. You could still meet up with the members of the group who can make it and play a different game or even play a one-shot. There’s nothing wrong with that. For that reason alone, rescheduling is a very powerful option when it comes to a player missing a session.

It’s also a good option because you don’t really have to make any other considerations.

So with that, let’s transition away from this option that is really the simplest and easier, and let’s make things a bit m ore complicated.

Present but Non-Participating

So, for the next few options, we are assuming that only one player is absent and that the DM and the rest of the group have decided to proceed forward regardless of their absence.

Now, you have to make a choice as the DM as to what happens to the character who, for the time being, is without a puppet-master.

The next obvious and next easiest method here is to simply have that character present, but not doing anything. Whenever roleplaying situations happen, that character doesn’t interact and just is a walking potato. 

This method might work, but more often than not, it will be comical to the other players who will ask, “What does Gregarious do in this situation” to which you’ll have to respond as the DM, “Gregarious seems zoned out and doesn’t really respond to the rest of you.”

While funny, this method sort of breaks the 4th wall, remind you and your players that this a game and decreasing the overall immersion. 

If your players are wonderful and considerate players, they may not mess around with the C (it’s just a character since the P or Player is missing).

I don’t prefer this method because it’s far too easy to just transition to one of the other methods anyways. I feel like doing it this way with the Character being present but Not-participating is just a non-decision, as if the DM couldn’t decide what to do.

Besides we all know that as soon as combat happens, it will be as if the character isn’t there or someone will take control over the, so let’s talk about the other methods because those are much more likely.

Present and Subbed

One method you can employ is the Present-And-Subbed method. In this method, you let someone else at the table take control of the character. For all intents and purposes the missing player is being “subbed” or substituted by another player at the table.

If you do go with this method, I would put a couple of stipulations on the gameplay.

First of all, I would recommend that the subbing player does not do any roleplaying for missing player. I recommend this because no one wants words put in their mouths so if you have someone playing for you there is a chance that things would be said that the original player would never say or things would not be said that the original player would say. It just gets really confusing really fast. I would just avoid it.

Next, and this actually has to apply whether you or another are controlling the missing PC, but can they die. In my games, if you are not present, your character can’t die. That’s just because I don’t trust myself or my rolls enough to keep characters alive, so if you were going to die and bleed out, you don’t because you are “on loan” and that’s just not fair. In your games, are characters whose players are gone able to die?

If they can, make sure the missing player knows that. In fact, that should be a table rule set up at the beginning of the campaign before any players are ever missing.

You also need to decide if the missing player has the right to Retcon anything when they return. In my opinion, I would opt against this except for various roleplaying aspects. When it comes to the major choices, the player shouldn’t get to choose what happens when they are gone. That said, the players controlling them shouldn’t be able to make any big decisions with them either. When a character is being subbed they should really almost just be an NPC that gets to help the party in combat. Simple.

Present and Under Control of the DM

That last option that allows the character to still remain present is controlling them yourself as the DM. In my opinion, this can be pretty simple to do, but it can also get annoying. For example, if your players use digital character sheets that you the DM can see then it gets a little easier to play the character. If they don’t then you’ll have to keep track of a sheaf of papers.

Also, the more obvious consideration is that as the DM you are controlling scores of baddies. Do you really want to be in charge of another character during combat? My general opinion is to give a player control over the character during combat at the very least depending on how many adversaries there are. If there is just one, then I’m find doing it

So if keeping a character around is so energy and focus consuming, why would anyone choose to keep the character present instead of just having them leave?

There are a few reasons. 

The first reason is that, depending on your party and table rules, the character has to be present to gain XP. That’s how it works in video games, but that may or may not be how it works at your table, for example, I prefer to just have everyone in my party level up at the same time based on story points. That’s because I don’t like math. Also, I don’t have players who leave for extended periods of time.

The second reason a DM might choose to have a character stick around while their player is not present is because they are integral to the current story at hand. This might be the same reason that you choose to reschedule the session if a player is not around, because they need to be present to make certain decisions. Having the character participate without the player is not an ideal situation but it does allow the story to move on and it makes it so the entire party isn’t just waiting on the one person.

The third reason is that it doesn’t make sense for the character to just disappear. There are different ways to make the character disappear which we’ll talk about next, but if you are in the middle of a dungeon or stuck on a speeding train, having the character just say, “Gotta go” doesn’t make sense and breaks the immersion.

Not Present

So now that we’ve talk about keeping the character present, let’s talk about having the character be absent in addition to their player.

There are in my opinion 3 ways to make this happen.

You can have the character stay behind.

You can have the character actively choose to leave.

Or you can have something else pull the character away.

When you have the character stay behind, this is simply that the party decides to go somewhere and the character decides to remain where they are waiting for the rest of the party to return. I saw a great example of this in High Rollers, the group from the UK when one of the players was not there they had her character, Nova, just stay at the inn. Obviously this worked because the party was staying at an inn in a city. If there were in the middle of a desert without food or water, having the character stay behind would be nonsense.

When you have your character leave, the character decides that another path is more important than traveling with the party, even for a short time. In the 2nd campaign of Critical Role, Yasha did this multiple times because the player had other commitments.

When you choose this method, you have to have the player or yourself come up with a logical reason as to why the character left. If the reason is, “Because I wanted to find mushrooms in the forest,” that either fits with your campaign or your character or it doesn’t. If it doesn’t, the other players will not find that a rewarding answer. 

More than anything, when a character leave the party and comes back, that should be an excellent opportunity to develop the story arc of that character, providing great roleplaying for the party when the character returns. So don’t waste it. Use it as an opportunity to have something cool happen.

How to explain why they come back?

Speaking of the character coming back, when a character leaves, you will have to decide if they will come back or not. If the character was just a temporary thing, or the player wants to have a new character then having them leave is not a bad thing. 

In most cases though, the character will come back, and that means that you and the player who was missing need to figure out a plausible reason not only for why the character leave but more importantly, why they came back and how they came back.

In some instances, it’s easy.

Nicholas Tracagious left to go commune with his deity in the forest. He came back because he was done. The only reason that specific scenario could work is because in this case, the party remained in the same city, able to move freely. If the party had been embroiled in a dungeon, then having Nick Tracagious show up would be somewhat weird, unless, his deity in the forest had shown him a specific place in the dungeons where he could special psychedelic mushrooms and the place where those mushrooms are found just so happen to coincide with where the party is. Honestly, even that scenario would seem a little too coincidental.

A quick sidenote though.

D&D is your story. That means that even though some things might seem coincidental, it isn’t because you are the weaver, tying all the threads together, weaving a great and beautiful tapestry. Was it a coincidence that Han Solo and Chewbaca were in the Mos Eisley cantina when Ben Kenobi went looking for a way off planet? Or was it the force? Was it just coincidence that Aragorn, Legolas and Gimli were all present at the Council of Rivendel or were they destined to be there. It doesn’t matter, because they were there. Sometimes I analyze things too much and fall into the trap of thinking, “What a funny coincidence that those two characters are there,” and then decide not to make that part of the story happen. In movies and stories, “coincidences” happen all the time, and honestly that might be why the stories or the movies even have a plot, because of the “coincidences”. So, I know I say that you have to make things “make sense”, and I know that I’ve been using a “lot of air quotes”, but just as long as your story is gripping and entertaining, don’t worry to much about it.

Side note over.

So, thinking about reasons why a character would return, there are a few possiblities, but obviously, if you can think it up, then it will probably work.

The simplest reason is that, like what I’ve already mentioned, the character that left finished the thing they went to do, so they came back. Simple, easy, doesn’t need much more explanation than that. 

Another simple reason is that the thing they went to do lead them back to the party anyways. This method is great if you want to tie in the reason they come back with what the party has going on right now. An example of this would be DewStar the Druid left because she had a strange vision about her communing with nature in a white glade. She leaves, finds the white glade, and while there has another vision about finding a black glade and her party. She starts her search. She finds the black glade, right as a Death Night begins attacking her party in the very black glade she saw in her vision. After the party dispatches the black glade,  DewStar discovers that at the center of the glade there is the grave of an ancient druid who’s spirit is at unrest for some reason. See, the character left and returned, both seemingly for plot points.

Another simple reason is that the missing character had their own agenda and then whatever the party was doing leads the party to the missing character. It’s somewhat similar to the previous reason, but there are slight differences. In this case, the missing character doesn’t really have any intention of returning to the party, or they intend to return much later. The party then, does the returning, surprising everyone involved.

When it comes down to it, you don’t need to make it make sense, unless you want to dwell on the fact. If you just want to gloss over that so-and-so returned from skinny dipping in a mountain lake, that’s fine. Gloss over and move on. The rest of your party will move on too, no problem. If you do want to spend time on, make sure that it’s a satisfying and fulfilling answer to the question of, “Why did you come back here and now.”

Table Rules for Communication

While we are on the subject of players missing sessions and things like that, I think it would be apropos to talk about how communication around missing sessions happen.

Here’s the truth of it: it will change on a case by case basis.

Here’s the ideal that we all strive for: Every missing player alerts the group at least a couple days in advance.

I know things don’t always pan out that way, but it’s best to alert the group as soon as you know you will be missing so the group can make decisions and plan what they will do.

For example. This previous week, I was sick. I was hoping I would feel better by the time the day of our session came around, but I wasn’t. So I texted the group that I couldn’t do it that day. On other occasions, members of our group have had conflicts and they’ve alerted us that they would be out of town a week in advance.

This allows the rest of us to decide if we will continue playing anyways or if we will hold off and wait until they get back. So really the only rule for communication is communicate early, clearly and often.

What if the Missing Player is Integral to the Story

What do you do if the missing player is integral to the story?

Here’s where I put on my Tough Love hat.

The simple fact of the matter is that you will have to decide yourself. But let me tell you that no decision is wrong. If you decide to move along with the story, that’s totally fine. In fact, maybe the player being gone will help you write a more creative story. Either way, you are the DM, you are ultimately the person with the most control over the session and whether it happens. Yes, your players may all decide to skip a week, but you get to decide if the week is skipped any time you want. Don’t forget that. Also, lord that over your players in a really jerky way. Just know that if a player is missing, and their character happens to be a big decision maker right in the center of what’s going on in the story right now, you can play without them. They may not like that, but if that’s what it takes to keep your group playing and having fun, then do it.

From sickness, to work trips, to family conflicts, our players will have lots of reasons why they may or may not be able to make the session happen. That’s probably especially true in this next month and a half as we move towards Christmas and the New Year. When your player turns up missing, don’t feel...

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM.

Today, I sit down with Andre Clayton, founder of Foundry VTT to chat about VTTS, virtual D&D sessions, and AI.

Thanks for listening.

Mentioned in this episode:

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

In this week's episode, Tanner discusses the need to focus on the positive aspects of being a DM, as the negativity can lead to burnout.

Happy Thanksgiving to all of our listeners!

Mentioned in this episode:

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Signup for Our Email Newsletter

Do you love the show but can't always listen to it? Do you prefer written content? Go to session0studios.com/newsletter/ and sign up to get weekly tips and tricks sent to your inbox so you can become the greatest DM the world has ever seen.

Level Up Guide

Tanner Weyland (00:04.783)

Hello and welcome to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. I'm here with Justin Lewis. Say hi, Justin. Hi, Justin. We are here today to talk about a fun little topic, basically, Dungeons and Villages, when and how to use either. So I mean, this topic, I've always find it interesting, like the composition of a campaign, you know?

Justin (00:13.631)

Hi Justin.

Tanner Weyland (00:33.535)

If you treat it like a like a sandwich, it's like, okay, what you know, it's a nice BLT. Do you put the tomatoes on first? Do you put you know, are you a maniac and you just put a bunch of bacon and just like a leaf of lettuce? You know, what do you do? And how do you kind of balance it? That's kind of what a lot of DMS have to do when it comes to being like, Hey, I want a really cool dungeon. But I also want to have some of the more role playing heavy

Villages and kind of switch it up. Have you ever thought about this kind of balance that you have Justin?

Justin (01:09.986)

I haven't necessarily thought of the balance, but I certainly have fallen into the blunders that we're going to talk about with each of these. And when you do, it's pretty annoying because you kind of kick yourself and be like, dang, that dungeon could have been so fun or that village could have been so fun. I will say, I definitely think one might be a little bit easier because, well, we'll get

I'll reveal all as we talk.

Tanner Weyland (01:42.847)

Exactly. So for the purpose of this discussion, just to give a little roadmap, we'll kind of dive into dungeons and villages or cities, you know, we're saying villages, but we mean any kind of settlement where it's going to be, you know, more NPC centric built. So that's kind of what we're thinking about when we think of village. And it could be any size could be a little, you know, three shacks by the side of the road, or it could be an entire city.

Surrounded by huge walls with giant palaces within it, right? And it just kind of the that's we're bundling that as one experience done on the other side dungeons now It's not always a dungeon per se but it's kind of like a curated Experience where you know, the adventuring party is going into one specific place and exploring, you know

And it's not somewhere they're just traveling through. It's like, no, it's, it's a specific kind of, uh, self-enclosed experience. Uh, so kind of getting into it, let's, let's talk about dungeons and what kind of makes a dungeon special.

Justin (02:50.622)

Yeah. And one other thing I'd like to also add, just sort of a caveat. These are traditional dungeons and villages. You could theoretically take whatever we're talking about, like the aspects, and apply them to the other one, right? For example, by nature, dungeons will be, or seem more railroad-y, right?

Justin (03:19.85)

Choices have been made and now choices are restricted, right? Like once Aragorn follows the path of the dead and he goes into the mountain, the ghosts know he's there, right? He can't just, well, he could just turn around and walk out, but those are his only two choices. Proceed, stay where he is. I guess three choices or go backward. But, but theoretically you could make a village more railroad-y, but we're going to talk in general terms. So that's really the first.

point of a dungeon and kind of what it is once you're in it, it's either stay where you are, which is kind of not really a choice, go forward or go back.

Tanner Weyland (03:58.467)

Exactly and once you're at the dungeon you can kind of expect You know, I think it's gonna be reskinned and you're going to as a DM, you know We talked about this before you want to give a variety of experiences, you know, don't have every combat be the same Have interesting mechanics and include traps here and there and make sure they're not all the same either But that's kind of what you're expecting in the dungeon. You're gonna expect a lot of combats with various creatures

A lot of traps that or just you know obstacles and skill checks that the party is gonna have to deal with and of course loot. I think that that's Another big difference between villages and dungeons is a dungeon So long as you beat the enemy or the challenge or whatever it is The treasure is just sitting there. You don't have to barter. You don't have to pay anything you paid with your time And and your characters, you know

bodies essentially, right? And I think that's kind of you, that's what you expect. And yeah, it might be within a druids ancient enclave or something or it could be in a crypt, you know far below the city, you know, or whatever it is. The skin is going to look different and the types of monsters is going to be specific to the environment, but it's still kind of those elements, you know.

Justin (05:22.494)

Absolutely. Kind of to that point, you know, a traditional way of making dungeons is coming up with either the map first or kind of the end goal first, right? So if they're going into this crypt to destroy a lich, you know, you know that they're going to fight the lich at some point, unless they leave the crypt, right? That's just how it is. And then you sort of fill everything in

challenges to make it more difficult and things like that. So with all that said, compared to a village, a dungeon is a lot more obvious in terms of goals, right? People don't necessarily go into a dungeon and then halfway through be like, wait, like when we get to the end, what are we gonna do? It's like, no, we're gonna kill the baddie and take the loot, right? Like that's the dungeons part of Dungeons and Dragons.

Tanner Weyland (06:19.511)

Exactly. And so I find that dungeons are, they're nice in one way and they're difficult in another. First, they're really nice in the way that it's simple. You know, the players, like I was running a campaign and I had a dungeon.

You know, this was one of those campaigns that kind of sputtered out pretty early on because school happened and all this other stuff, right? But we had gone through it opened up with essentially a dungeon crawl, you know, kind of like a smaller to medium sized one took a few sessions and And then it was like a couple villages in a row and they the players like afterwards. They were like, Oh, I really like that initial dungeon.

And I think that the reason why is because like, Hey, when you're just opening up to adventure, uh, especially if your party isn't amazing at role play, you don't scratch that. Even if they are amazing at role play role playing, I think that you have, there's a lot of difficulty in launching right into role playing. If you haven't had kind of those more like grindy dungeons that you have to go through, right? You kind of need experiences.

in order to really enjoy a village. And I think dungeons are a perfect place for that.

Justin (07:40.778)

I couldn't agree more and I actually think based on what you said, it sparked kind of this thought in my mind that I often talk about galvanizing experiences at the beginning of campaigns or with one shots that force the party to be a party, right? And those galvanizing experiences can be, you know, shared trauma or they could literally be we've all been hired to do the same thing. And

Tanner Weyland (08:08.98)

Yeah.

Justin (08:10.134)

To your point, Tanner, I think doing dungeons at the beginning of a campaign is very important because it does allow the party to sort of form those bonds. And even thinking, you can do dungeons in sort of a very non-dungeony way. So the example I'm thinking of is the Erois campaign of high rollers. They're a group out of the UK, and I've been listening to them

lately and spoiler alert if you haven't listened to it but their campaign starts with session one they're on an airship and they're being attacked right and basically chapter one of this campaign the airship crashes in the lowlands which is a wild and inhospitable place right and there's like five or six survivors fibers including the party

Actually, there might be more because I think there were NPCs. But in a larger sense, that is a dungeon because their options are we have to find civilization or we're going to starve, be attacked by wild elves, things like that, right? And I might be kind of expanding the definition a little bit, but you can do things like that.

And I do think that starting campaigns with a dungeon is a very good idea. Because again, it does give everyone that clear reason of why are we traveling together? Why are we cooperating? Because everyone always likes to pick those characters that are mysterious and don't trust anyone, you know.

Tanner Weyland (09:53.531)

Yeah. And, and, you know, I think for all the strengths of a dungeon, because like you mentioned, it's, it's right in the name. As much as people love dragons, dungeons comes first. Uh, and, but I think that the issue is that sometimes they can be fatiguing, especially for a DM, but also for players, right? Where it's like, if, if it's big enough, well, I mean, caveat, if your players come in being like, Hey, I want to do a huge dungeon, you know.

Uh, just like multi-level and that's basically the entire campaign's one big dungeon that that's, that's the exception. If you're just including a dungeon as part of the campaign, if you do too long of a dungeon, then it's just, it's a lot of combats. It's a lot of the party being essentially on edge the entire time, right. Being like, Oh, you know, stealth into the next room for like 10 sessions in a row. You know,

And it just becomes so fatiguing. And so it's like, Hey, you know, pick your battles, uh, specifically by, you know, making it so that not every dungeon is super long, uh, occasionally, I think it's totally worth it to do a longer dungeon, especially if you've got really big consequences and if you build it up, then the players are like, Oh, okay. Prepare well. Cause you know, there's no coming back or not for a while, at least then, you know, a longer campaign can be fine.

It'll still be fatiguing, but it's kind of like the hard days work type of fatigue. Otherwise you don't want to do that consistently in my opinion.

Justin (11:24.138)

Yeah. I would actually add two examples of my current campaign. Um, so I had my group in the underdark and my thought process was, well, in the underdark, you don't really, you guys don't know where you're going. So you're, you're literally wandering around. Uh, and I was making the map as I went, basically rolling on random tables to see what rooms were, were next. And they weren't keeping a map, right?

And suffice it to say it went on far too long. And I did that because I was like, yeah, I want them to feel the frustration of being in the underdark, right? Being lost. But I think it failed because you don't want your players to feel that you want the characters to feel that. So exactly right, Tanner. You don't want to do too big of a dungeon, but you said something very important. If you prepare them for the scope of it and the scale.

I think that's the secret sauce.

Tanner Weyland (12:26.203)

Exactly, you know, because any type of here's the great thing. We talk about Dungeons and Dragons being about storytelling and it's absolutely right and stories come in all kinds of shapes and sizes, but as a general rule, you know, if you're not really building a dungeon up, then maybe make it small to medium length, you know, and then for longer ones, you want to give that kind of a gravitas to it beforehand.

Um, but, but enough about dungeons, let's talk about villages and cities. Um, I think it's no surprise that first and foremost, they're just much more role playing focused, right? You don't go into a dungeon expecting to talk with every mimic who's pretending to be a chest, right? You go into a dungeon to just, you know, hack and slash and find stuff. Villages. It's like, no, that's, that's the key difference is like people. NPCs and you're going to be talking a lot.

and how you kind of utilize those role-playing opportunities can be the difference between a very boring city or village and a very exciting one, you know?

Justin (13:33.482)

Yeah, absolutely. Kind of what I was saying before, you know, Aragorn goes into the path of the dead. He's in the dungeon per se. It's not exactly the same thing, but his choices are stay put, move forward or go backwards in a, in a city, a village, a settlement. Your decisions are, uh, go forward, stay put, go backward, go right, go left, go up, go down, go inside, go outside that, you know, there's a lot more choices. And.

To this point, as I said with a dungeon, the game mechanics were a lot more obvious with a dungeon, right? There are traps that cause things. In a settlement, you have more choice, right? And because of that, you're...

The game mechanics aren't as obvious. You might gain favor in the eyes of a baron because you did something for them, which isn't a direct game mechanic, but it's something that your dungeon master or you might be factoring in because you slaughtered this orc that was holding this person hostage or something like that.

It's sort of a subtle game mechanic that's not so obvious, but it still has impact. That's another aspect of villages and cities that is very different than traditional dungeons.

Tanner Weyland (15:04.323)

Exactly. And I think, I think if you look at it the right way, then Villages provides you a lot more creativity, especially where, you know, like you were saying, the mechanics aren't obvious. So make your own mechanics, and specifically, make it in a way that provides both direction and development for characters. Because I think that's where Villages really shine, where it's like

if you look at a dungeon in terms of like, oh, that's a place where they get kind of galvanized together as a party, the place where they grow as individuals is in a city, you know, in a village, that's where the characters can be like, hey, I'm gonna go pray at the nearest, you know, temple of the God that they worship, right? Or they're going to go look for a specific type of equipment that they're looking for. Or maybe they're, they're like, hey, I want to go find

you know, the best pie in the city or whatever it is, right? The point is, is that in a city, if you encourage it, players can really get connected with their characters. They can get really invested in their characters, uh, personal, you know, goals and aspirations and growth. And that's, you know, that's just such a great, uh, part of it. And in terms of the mechanics being more fluid, uh, you know, I think that in a city and once again, just as a.

caveat here, cities also should be, you know, you shouldn't keep a player in a city too long, you know, um, kind of same as a dungeon, uh, they should go out and then come back kind of thing. But with that in mind, uh, you should be willing to kind of play around with some interesting mechanics, like, Hey, maybe your players want to start up a food cart or a business, or they want to, you know, go and study at the local library and like get something out of it.

Justin (16:34.312)

Heh.

Tanner Weyland (16:58.639)

Villages, you know, if you're creative, they can be so much more than just a place where they get a couple side quests from some needy passerbys and also buy equipment from the local store, right? They can be something where you actually do real things that we do in life, right? But for a party of players, right?

Justin (17:20.21)

Absolutely. And I think in a city, it is the time to really pay attention to those moments where your players express sort of an interest of their character that might seem unorthodox or kind of like a waste of time. Go full in on that, right? If someone's like, you know, like my character likes animals, so maybe they would want to go see a zoo. Spend time making some pretty cool encounters at the zoo.

where they could actually make some progress in their character's life. Like they could maybe find an animal companion or a secret treasure or something, like treat their simple interests as important because then they'll share them more often and they'll kind of go down those rabbit holes. And also kind of going back to what you were saying about your own game mechanics. I think one of those that

we're going to talk about on a future episode is character reputation. And, uh, sorry, my computer just, did I cut out there? Okay. Yeah. My computer just was like, Nope, I'm going to sleep. Anyways, um, character reputation can be a very powerful mechanic, especially in a city because there's people with whom you can gain reputation or lose it. Right.

Tanner Weyland (18:30.895)

You're good.

Tanner Weyland (18:49.707)

Yeah, exactly. And I think that, you know, aside from developing personal character arcs, developing relationships with NPCs, that can't be understated, right? Because it's like, hey, it character reputation is important on the city wide level. And I think that's really fun. But also like with individual characters, you know, in video games, they do it really well, where they're like, Oh,

You kind of have to reach a certain level of like favorability with an NPC. And then that unlocks different opportunities or, or whatever, you know. And I think that we, as DMs, when there's a city, I feel like it's actually worthwhile to kind of create, you know, a little, you know, a little, uh, level. Uh, for some, at least for some of the major NPCs, right. That they're going to be interacting with on a regular basis and kind of make it so that they are.

not only encouraged to develop themselves, but also develop relationships with NPCs by doing like side quests and stuff. And I think side quests is, you know, something that you should really emphasize in general in a bigger city. Because it's like, you know, with a main quest, you kind of think of it as continuously going forward and moving on to the next place and the next place after that.

in a city you don't especially if it's bigger, you don't want to go there, visit once, and then just never use it again. You know, especially if the players haven't had the time to really wring it of all its good, you know, opportunities. And so it's nice in a city to, like you were saying, it's like, hey, make essentially a side outing, or a side quest of going to the zoo, or oh, hey, my uncle's farm, I haven't heard from him in a while.

Could you help me? You know, and you just really, it's a chance for you to play around with different, you know, opportunities and kind of quest lines that aren't just the main big earth shattering quest, you know?

Justin (20:56.99)

Absolutely. Thinking about this and thinking about some of the challenges that you will probably encounter when running cities in your game. I'm just thinking about some of the challenges I've had in the first one is it's really easy for the one player who usually...

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, the Official Podcast of Monsters.Rent. If you are a podcast listener, I am currently waving at you because I am recording myself on video to add to our Youtube Channel, How to Be a Better DM.

Today’s show is going to talk about one of the most common D&D tropes out there. It’s the place where all great adventures start, and usually where most adventurers end their day. It’s the place that I like to imagine myself in when I record these shows, and you and I have sat down at a table to swap stories.

But before we get to that, I just want to take a moment to say thank you. From the bottom of my heart, thank you. I was chatting my my boss at my day Job, and he asked about the podcast and Monsters.Rent. We got to chatting and he looked us up on Spotify and Apple. Because of you, we have over 50 ratings on Spotify and over 15 on Apple Podcasts. That’s so awesome. Just seeing that made my day. I can honestly say that from. Myself and Tanner, if we didn’t have you listening and interacting, this would be much more lonely. So thank you so much for listening and adventuring with us :) 

A couple weeks ago, I was running the free Halloween one shot. Spoiler alert, but ther is a tavern in the one shot. If I can be Frank with you, during th one shot, the party went to the Tavern and honestly I did not have it as fleshed out as I wanted. Improv is great, and it’s a very important skill to have, but have a plan that goes well is usually better. I had to improvise. In my opinion, it wasn’t as cool as it should have been.

So it got me thinking. Basically every D&D campaign has taverns in them. They are a mainstay of th hobby. So I decided to do an entire podcast episode on taverns, specifically on how to use them and how to prepare them and how to populate them. We’ll talk about some tips to make it easy for you to run them in your games.

The Importance of a Tavern

Let’s first talk about the importance of taverns.  First f all, you can choose not to hve them in your game, which is completely fine.

However, as I’ve already said, a tavern is a very classic trope of D&D games. It can function as the base of operations for your party. It can be sort of that “safe space” that your band finds all along their journeys.

It can be much more than that however. For one thing, it can be a place of great player-to-player roleplaying, which in my opinion is some of the most important roleplaying there is.  

Combat can be so quick paced and hectic, that sometimes it is nice to metaphorically kick back and have a nice drink with friends.

Sometimes you also need your bad guy’s to “Kick down the door” as Brandon Sanderson and Friends say on their podcast, Writing Excuses. What better place than a tavern.

I think the most important reason to feature a tavern in your game is because our characters are adventurers. That, by definition, means that they rarely return home. People still want to feel a sense of home, or at least a sense of coziness. That’s exactly what taverns were created to do. Throughout history, ever since the fall of the Roman Empire, taverns became a place of refuge for people on the road. So why not sit back and enjoy the feel of a homely tavern with your friends.

Elements of a Tavern

Obviously, if you want to feature a tavern, then it would be good to know the most basic elements of a tavern. As I like to say though, once you know the rules, you can learn how to break them in fun and interesting ways. So let me tell you what you will most likely find in a tavern, and then you can change things up in very new and interesting ways, however you wish.

The Barkeep

Since a tavern is a type of bar, you obviously need a barkeep. The most basic requirements of a barkeep are that they serve drinks. In more common tavern settings, the barkeep is behind the bar. Often they know a lot about the town or the setting, but sometimes they don’t. In most cases te barkeep is just as iconic as the tavern. That means that the tavern is a great time and place to really make a unique character that probably won’t become embroiled with the party as a pocket NPC.

Patrons

Next, you have the patrons. While the party may or may not ask about the barkeep, they will most definitely ask about the patrons. That’s because the patrons pose possible threats, opportunities and surprises for the party.  Here too you can create characters that will delight and entertain your party, but don’t be surprised yourself when the party adopts one of them or tries to kill all of them. 

Drinks - Food

Taverns are food service establishments, and more importantly, drink service establishments. That means that you have to have food or at the very least, drinks. More importantly, you’ll need to know how much the food and drink costs because that will be a very real cost to your players.

Servers

If the tavern is big enough you may need to add in some servers. These are like waiters and waitresses in the real world. It’s a pretty simple thing to add in and these characters can even be unique and interesting or they can be simple and boring. It’s all up to you.  You see servers aren’t necessary to a tavern like a barkeep or food and drink are. 

The Bulletin

Another interesting, yet unnecessary, piece to add into your tavern is the  Bulletin. This is simply a board with various notices pinned upon it. Most of the time, the notices are for jobs that need doing. This can function as a very important game element, drawing your players from one plot hook or adventure hook to another.  Simply add this to the corner of any tavern and watch your players dive into each adventure.

The Interest

The last thing that you may or may not want to add to your tavern is “The Interest”. This is a blanket term for anything that makes the tavern experience memorable. First, if you don’t want or care that the characters or players remember this particular tavern, then don’t put an Interest in the tavern. An interest is anything that would make someone remember this tavern. One way you can think about this is, “Why would people come to this establishment over any other tavern?” Or you can simply think, “How can I make this tavern experience more fun for my players?” It’s similar to how you find some sort of quirk to add to NPC’s to try to make them more memorable too. To help you understand what I mean, let’s do a couple of examples.

In favor room in water deep there is a tavern called the yawning portal it’s a very famous tavern and there’s actually a source book named after it. The yawning portal actually has a well if I remember right in front of it. The well supposedly leads to the Waterdeep underground dungeons that’s one example of a interest it’s easy to remember and it makes the tavern somewhat famous more or less. Another example comes from the Halloween one shot that I hosted a couple weeks ago. I had a tavern in my one shot that is called Caliagri’s cavern. This tavern is actually in a sinkhole. When you enter the tavern building which resembles just a small shack, you descend into the sinkhole and that’s where you find the tavern and the end as well as a bathhouse using the natural spring that caused the sinkhole. That’s one example of an interest for a tavern.

How to Add One in Your Game

Now that we’ve talked about basic elements of a tavern let’s talk about how to add one into your game. First we need to think about how often tavern show up and where. I think a good rule of thumb is for every 25 buildings in a settlement a small tavern should be present. For every 50 buildings in a settlement a large tavern should be present. When you start to add taverns to cities you don’t need to do this hard and fast rule because the city will be big enough that it will have many taverns. at that point what you need to do is sync up a list of taverns that would be most commonly recommended or most prominently found. It would also be a good idea to create a list of terrible taverns or bad taverns, because shady dealings of the underbelly of society happen in these bad taverns. you can also add taverns as way points or stopping points on large roads. They almost act as hostiles but there’s no reason you shouldn’t be able to add in a tavern there as well. I find that having a tavern in mind when a party enters a town is very important because more often than not they will seek out a N or a tavern for room and lodging.

As far as where the tavern should be placed, there are no rules. You could have a tavern out in the middle of nowhere. That said, With towns and cities, the center of the city will likely be home to older taverns and the periphery will probably have newer ones.

Now, let’s get to building your tavern.

Naming Taverns

For the most part, every tavern will need a name. No matter what though, every tavern will need something that it’s called by other people. Sometimes those two things are different. If you decide to have a tavern who’s owner never named it, everyone in the town might call it Some Guy’s Tavern, which would then be its defacto name, but not it’s actual name.

Naming taverns is quite easy, because you can do whatever you want. That said, here are some tips to help you do it even faster.

1. Focus on the interest. If you’ve already picked the interest for the tavern, then you can just go off of that. Going back to my two examples earlier, both the Yawning Portal and Caliagri’s Cavern draw their names from their interest.
2. Do it Quick without hesitation. If you are coming up with a tavern on the fly, then your players will sense your hesitation. So name the tavern, stick with the name and defend it. Don’t let your players bully you into thinking it’s a dumb name, even if it is.
3.  Verb + Noun. If you are having trouble making up a tavern name, you can take a cue from the Dungeon Master’s Guide and do the Verb/Adjective + Noun formula that might have gotten its start with J.R.R. Tolkein (i.e. the Prancing Pony). You simply pick a noun and then attach an adjective or an active ing verb to the front of it and you got a nice tavern name. Let’s do some real quick. The Red Blade Tavern, maybe something for pirates. The Belching Barrel. The Shifting Mercury. See, it’s pretty easy.
4. Name’s Noun. If that doesn’t fit what you are looking for, you can opt for the Name’s Noun formula. You pick a name, make it possessive and then pick a noun. For example, Cagliari’s Cavern, Arthur’s Round Table (that sounds like it should be a themed restaurant), Vergoin’s Vestibule. Lots and lots of names.

With these tips, naming taverns should be a piece of cake and your players will always think you are the most prepared DM in the universe.

Describing Taverns

After naming the tavern, describing it is the next step. 

First, don’t forget to do some work on the outside of the tavern. This is an easy trap for people to fall into, in fact, I struggle with this myself, but the tavern experience begins outside the tavern. Are there drunkards sleeping in the ditch off to the side of the tavern? Does the tavern have well-paid bodyguards? Is the plaster peeling or is the tavern made of rich mahogany wood? All of these facts tell your party about the establishment before they even set foot in the door.

Try and hint at what might be within the tavern when you describe the exterior. It’s important to do this most of the time so that when do decide to break the rules and make the inside the opposite or contrary to the exterior, you will catch your party off guard. That’s how you get the rewarding reveals.

Moving inside, don’t forget to describe the scene from the five senses. Tell your players what they smell, what makes their mouth water, what they hear, the temperature of the room. 

After you get that taken care of, it’s a good idea to explain the layout of the tavern. Obviously every tavern will be different so to help you out, let’s describe 3 generic tavern layouts that you can use in your games at the drop of the hat.

First, the Cantina. In this Tavern, the room can be any size but the bar itself juts out into the middle of the room with the barkeep being able to service people on both sides, or there being 2 barkeeps. The tables are arrayed around the bar in a circular pattern. 

Second, the classic Bar. In this tavern, one wall is dominated by the bar and the tables are arrayed throughout the room. 

Lastly, you have the L Shaped Bar. The room itself is l shaped with the bar following the shape of the room.  With these three tavern layouts, you can easily describe the shape of the tavern if you are pushed to create a tavern on the fly. 

Roleplaying

Now, let’s talk about the most important part of the tavern, roleplaying. 

The first thing you need to know is that you don’t need to be ready to roleplay everyone in the tavern, but you do need to be ready to improv roleplay everyone in the tavern. What I mean by that is that you simply need to prepare a few select characters in the tavern. Everything else is just gravy. 

Being a dungeon master is a lot like being a fisherman. You prepare the bait, but the fish decides  whether they take it. So, being a good fisherman is knowing how to get the fish to take the bait. So with this metaphor, you need to prepare what you hope your characters will interact with. So spend much more time working on things that you actually want to play through. I make this mistake all the time, adding in interesting details about peripheral NPCs and then I get a,l surprised when the characters interact with that peripheral NPC instead of engaging with the important part of the story that I put forth. Obviously that’s where improvisation comes from, but it’s a better experience if your players think you are improvising but really you are going off of stuff you have prepared.

I ramble

So to roleplay  a tavern well, you simply take the basic parts we’ve already discussed and you flesh each out a bit more. 

We’ve talked about creating NPCs often enough on this show so I won’t talk about actual making the barkeep or the maids or the patrons more than just that you need to answer the question of why are they in the tavern still. In the barkeeps case, it will probably have something to do with why they started the  tavern because often they will be the owner. Or, they could just be like a helping hand that needed a job. for the servers it might involve not being able to find work elsewhere or working to go somewhere else. Those motivations are easy generally. With the patrons, it goes a little deeper. The patrons are there for drinks, of course, but why are they there in a large sense? Why have they come to this town or settlement or city? are they regulars? Are they new like the party?

You see, in a sense, good roleplaying is just asking questions about a character, answering those questions, and then acting out the answers. That’s a bit simplified, but you get my point.

So the next thing you need to do is decide whether the character in question regards the party or a given character in a positive, neutral or negative light.

Understanding how any given NPC will treat the party goes a long way to helping you roleplay them. As a default, most people will treat them in a neutral way. One thing to remember too is that people go to taverns for different reasons. Some people go to get drunk. Others go to socialize. If you know why your NPC has come to the tavern, then when the party approaches them to talk, you can respond in the right way with either, “Piss off, leave me to my drink,” or “I don’t recon I’ve seen you lot in town. Where’s abouts you’ve come from?”

When it comes down to it, roleplaying NPCs in a tavern is not any more difficult than roleplaying any particular NPC except that they all have a reason to be in the tavern. 

Helpful Tips

To finish up the episode, let’s talk about a couple helpful tips to remember to make your party’s tavern experience sublime.

Always have the NPCs in a Tavern Fleshed out a little

As I’ve said before, anything you put in the scene is likely to be interacted with by your characters. Don’t put an NPC in a scene tht you don’t want to or are severely underprepared to roleplay. So whenever you create a tavern, write what NPCs are in there whenever the party enters. Write down at least a couple tidbits about the NPC just to help you when it comes time to roleplay. This is a tip specifically for beforehand prep, it does not apply to improvising. That said, it would not be a bad idea to keep a quick reference list of NPCs who have been somewhat fleshed out that you can put into your tavern. I would make the list tavern specific so that you’ve covered the “Why are they in the tavern” bit.

Flesh out the Barkeep

Just as important as the NPCs is the barkeep. This is the person who the story of the tavern itself revolves around because they are most likely the owner, most often the operator. If the tavern is supposed to be forgettable then the barkeep doesn’t matter, but we don’t play D&D to spend hours and then forget them. So give your barkeep some sizzle. Give them an interesting quirk and help the players remember them.

Make Sure to Charge Your Characters

This tip goes for every economic encounter in the game, but don’t forget to make your players deduct money from their character. It’s important because it helps with the immersion, but it also factors in a real cost to the characters. While 1 or 2 gold might not seem like enough, it could be the difference between buying a suit of armor or not. As I’ve said before, have a list of costs that could be incurred in the tavern. Try and make them specific to the tavern, but if not, you could just use sort of a blanket tavern cost for drinks and food and lodging if it is available.

Explain the Difference Between an Inn and a Tavern

Speaking of lodging, I find it helpful to explain to my party members whether or not the tavern has any lodging attached to it. An inn is different than a tavern, though they share similarities. An inn always has lodging and a tavern always has drinks. Sometimes an inn has a bar and drinks and sometimes a tavern has lodging. When you describe your tavern, make sure your players know whether lodging is available.

Helpful Resources

I want to give you some helpful resources, so in the show notes of this podcast episode, or if you go to the URL of the podcast on our website, there will be a list of resources at the bottom of the show notes. Hopefully these help you create the best taverns ever!

Things to Remember

As we come to the close of this episode, I hope you enjoyed talking about taverns and I hope that you got some great ideas for ways to add taverns to your game. They can be the best place for some deep roleplaying, or they can just be a nice pause point in between battling epic monsters. Last thing I’m going to say is that as always, if you...

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent.

Today, we have some self-reflection to do... Or rather, all DMs should be reflecting on how a session went right afterwards in order to maximize their improvement.

Got your journal out? Well, that's the first step!

Mentioned in this episode:

Signup for Our Email Newsletter

Do you love the show but can't always listen to it? Do you prefer written content? Go to session0studios.com/newsletter/ and sign up to get weekly tips and tricks sent to your inbox so you can become the greatest DM the world has ever seen.

Level Up Guide

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Today we talk about inviting guests to join you in your D&D campaign.

Here are some of the topics we talked about :

Should you have guest players?

Reasons For

The guest has never played D&D. Allowing them to play with an established group would give them a better experience than just having them find a random group who may or may not have played before.

Bringing in a guest might allow you to portray an important NPC in the story without having to roleplay them yourself

Reasons Against

Adding in a guest might disrupt the flow of the game and the group. They may not mesh because they probably don’t understand the inside jokes and comradery of the group

Why should you try having a guest player?

How Should You Do It?

How Should You Not Do it?

Mentioned in this episode:

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Welcome to How to Be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. I’m your host today, Justin Lewis, and together we are going to talk about how to improve your gameplay both from a mechanical and storytelling point of view.

Today, I’m excited to talk about an aspect of the game that for me holds a lot of interest and for a lot of people can be a rich source of story elements and intrigue. At the same time, for other people it can be completely boring, and possibly offputting. I’m talking about Gods, faith and religion.

Before I get into the rest of today’s episode, I want to take a moment to talk about The Guild. For those of you who don’t know, the Guild is our unique membership for dungeon masters. It allows you to connect with other DMs like yourself and get access to a library of video courses and downloadable resources for your gameplay. Oh and it’s 100% free. I hope you’ll join us there, so go to monsters.rent/get-started and scroll all the way to the bottom.

Table Comfort

Now, the very first thing you need to do is assess your table’s comfort level with the topics of God, Religion, and Faith. In some cases, you’ll have a natural understanding. In my case, a few members of my table are also members of my faith, so I knew that they would be ok having some of those topics in the game. 

In other circumstances, it would be a smart idea to ask if the table is alright with those themes and topics being in the game. In most D&D settings, having a mystical god or gods is all part and parcel to the game, but depending on how your players feel about it, then you might want to tread lightly. Some games might be focused on the path of divinity, others might have gods as simply an afterthought. No matter what you do, you want to avoid these two mistakes.

Avoid Pushing Religion

Saying this as a religious person, you absolutely do not want to turn your D&D sessions into sermons. I know you’re probably thinking that that would kind of be funny, and it might, but honestly, you don’t want to force players into roleplaying something they don’t want to roleplay. A person’s faith is a very personal thing, and if someone is not a person of faith, religion or Diety, then they don’t have to be even in a make-believe world.

Avoid Making A Farce of Religion

On the other side of the coin, you definitely don’t want to make fun of religion and make it appear as something that is farcical. Even though your players may be ok with it, it’s best not to form bad habits because there will come a time when you sit down to play at a table with someone who cares, and then you’ll make the slip up of a lifetime. Best to avoid those big mistakes. Extend the same consideration and courtesy you would to any other sort of way of life.

Now, with your players on board for having Gods be an active part of the game, let’s talk about some other questions you need to ask. These questions apply to both homebrew settings and settings that are prewritten, but the questions will apply a little differently to each. 

How Involved Will Your Gods Be

The first question that you need to ask is how involved will Godhood (god or gods) be in your setting or game. This is important because if they won’t even matter, then you likely don’t need anything else in this episode. I’d still recommend listening to the end because you never know when a player might ask you a question or make a choice that will make the gods much more involved.

In different settings, Gods behave differently. In some games, Gods are active members of the universe, granting divine boons with ease. In other settings, Gods are basically hidden from sight, deigning not to intervene with their followers’ lives. 

It’s important that you know which type of setting yours is and how the Gods will interact with players and NPCs alike. Really, the interaction of Gods falls on a spectrum with an asterisk. The spectrum is set up with very involved on the left and not involved at all on the right. The asterisk stipulates that the spectrum can describe the entire setting and the involvement of each individual deity.  An entire pantheon can be relatively involved with one or two being basically inactive. Or you could have the inverse where the pantheon is basically a non-entity with one or two who are trying to control the universe. Both instances can make for a very fun campaign.

Interactions with Players

Unless you have players who make clerics or paladins you don’t necessarily need to have the gods or god interact with your players. In fact, you could make a case for why your god doesn’t interact with the devoted paladin or cleric. 

But if you do have gods who interact with players you need to know how involved the gods will be with those players. Will the god in question have multiple role playing scenes face to face with the player? If they did would that be normal for the player or the god? Each of these choices has impacts on the story and you should definitely help your players realize when something special is happening. 

Will your players know that it is a god they are interacting with? Maybe your deity has decided to be a beneficial patron of the player but will not show themselves. The players then may draw the conclusion that a wealthy land owner has decided to show them favor. 

Sometimes you’ll need to realize that if one God is involved, like very involved, then that might push another deity who is at odds with the one helping the party to get involved. You might put your party in between a turf war of two gods. That could make for a pretty epic campaign. 

I would say that you need to set some pretty simple yet clear guidelines for yourself on what the party members can expect from a deity. Do they hear whisperings of advice when the player has no idea what to do? Or does God just show up in a brief Vision and explain that a certain task needs doing? 

When you have established your “rules” for how Gods interact with players, then you get to occasionally break them, which becomes a very fun Plot device.

Will You Have One God or Many

This question is more about the setting than the individual player interactions. Is your pantheon filled with numerous gods, only a handful or just one? This question naturally morphs into other considerations. For example, if your pantheon is filled with multiple gods, then the likelihood of all of the Gods having omniscience goes way down. Having 7 beings who all know everything that is happened yet have cross purposes becomes very difficult to handle very fast. Or, the gods just know everything to the point that the don’t really do anything against each other so then the Gods become more observers than actors. I suppose you probably could figure out a way to make it work, but I haven’t.

If you have one God, it’s much more possible for them to have omniscience, but having them favor certain things becomes more difficult. Either the God is the God of everything or for some reason your God just very partial to only a few things, like they’ve decided to be the God of the harvest, but there are no other gods. That could make for a very silly setting or one that just doesn’t make sense. 

With this question also comes the question of whether or not the characters and the world at large even know about all of the Gods. It might make a fascinating campaign if there are a slew of gods that hide from the world.

Is Your God Good, Neutral or Evil

Now, that you’ve come up with the number of gods that will populate your pantheon, you need to decide whether or not they will be good, neutral, or evil. You also need to decide whether the gods will actively fight against each other or will they be friendly towards each other and, even if they are somewhat antagonistic towards one another, they’ll still be somewhat friendly? 

Let’s take an example. Let’s make up two gods. We have Ordos and Sruptos, the good god of order and the evil god of chaos respectively.

In your setting, will Ordos and Sruptos be battling each other, to the death if possible? Or will they, by nature of the invincibility of Gods, be forced to be cordial and respectful to each other, using mortals as pieces on a game board rather than soldier in a battle? All of these questions add to the narrative and help you know how to bend and twist the story.

If you have multiple gods, then it is common to have gods who have all sorts of alignments. 

If you have only one god, then alignment isn’t really useful, unless it is pivotal to the story. For example, if you only have one god, but that God just so happens to be evil, that could be the genesis for a very interesting campaign setting. I’d imagine that the God has some sort of rules that prohibit them from taken certain actions, which allows the characters to still choose to be Good if they want, or the entire cosmos is evil and everything just works within those parameters.

As you can see, how God’s act and react shapes in very large ways how your story goes.

Can Gods be Killed?

Now, I just brought up a point that forces us to think about these next two questions: 1. Can Gods be killed? And 2. Can anyone become a god?

In the previous example of Ordos and Sruptos, I explained that they might have to treat each other like game partners because they can’t kill each other. The fact that both are invincible is very important because it explains why they would want to be nice to each other. They are essentially stuck with each other forever.

So in your campaign, you need to decide early on if Gods can be killed. It may be that that turns out to be the secret quest of one of your players. They want revenge on one of the Gods because they let their wife die or something like that. That can become a very epic story very quickly. 

You could also take the opposite approach and show that the God’s cannot be killed. In the same story of a player who wants revenge, the entire story could be about the God trying to gain back the trust of the vengeful player, while also explaining that they can’t be killed. The DM could even throw in some touching moments where the God explains that he’s tried to kill himself but it didn’t work.

If gods can be killed then you need to start figuring out what does and doesn’t kill a god. As I’ve already mentioned, that means that you also need to figure out why any other gods haven’t already tried killing their rivals. In most cases, God Killing will be a very difficult task. In many ancient mythologies, Gods were “killed” but if their body parts were reunited, the God was essentially brought back to life. In other fantasy settings, like Brandon Sanderson’s Cosmere, when a “god” dies, their power essentially either rests on the planet the God was bound to or the power seeks out another “host” transcending them to godhood. How will it be in your setting? Can anyone kill a god? What happens when the God dies? If they were the God of sunrises, does the sun stop rising? All of these are important

Can Anyone Become a God?

The next question that needs to be addressed is whether or not becoming a god is possible. This too could potentially become a personal quest of one of your party members, so you need to know whether or not it is possible. This question can be decided in the moment, though as you are roleplaying.

If the answer is yes to the question of can anyone become a god, then you probably need to answer the follow up question of “Why aren’t there more Gods?” The natural answer will likely be because becoming a God is very difficult. A more interesting answer might be that becoming a God is not even actually that desirable for reasons that are unknown to most people. 

The point I’m trying to make with these two questions of Killing or Becoming Gods is that diety can be very powerful plot points and since they can be very powerful, you must treat them with care and attention. Your player’s will wonder why Gods can be killed at the drop of a hat. You better have a good well thought out reason. True, you can probably come up with something cool in the moment, but it needs to make sense because in most cases Gods have their hands in a lot of pots, so to speak.

Using Faith as a Plot Device

Now that we’ve talked at length about using Gods in your campaign setting, let’s start diving even deeping into how to move your story along. 

We all know that great stories in D&D start with plot hooks, or rather simple introductory elements that entice player’s to explore a particular story line more to eventually find a much large and more fulfilling story.

A simple example of a plot hook is, “While digging through this dungeon you find a strange bow made out of black wood in the hands of a corpse that dried up decades ago. You pick up the bow and in your mind you hear, “Hello!” The player does not know practically anything about the bow except that it said hello which is interesting and curious.

When it comes to faith, there are limitless plot hooks to use. That’s probably the most common way to use Faith or Religion or God as a plot device. It can help start the story.

Another interesting tidbit about plot devices is that they are just plot hooks, except usually you have knowledge that connects past experiences to the plot hook. 

An example of this would be, “While traveling on this long road to do your Diety’s bidding, you turn a corner and see your God bartering with a local merchant. He does not notice you. You approach him and confront him, only to have him completely vanish. Before he did though, you put your hand on his arm and were not shocked with his power. He felt warm, and mortal…”

This plot device has the same elements as a plot hook, in that it makes the consumer of the story curious and incentivized to finish the story, but we have some knowledge of the god before the exchange.

In my estimation, there are only two ways to really use plot devices and certainly only 2 when it comes to faith. The Push and The Pull

The Push

A plot device is designed to move the story along. Since our players are the main motivators of the story, a plot device in D&D is designed to get the players taking action in any particular direction. A good DM then, gives lots of reasons for players to have their characters choose various paths.

The Push method is generally something that happens or exists in the space a character is in that the character wants to avoid or eliminate. In the case of faith or religion, a few examples include

• The character grew up as a child of insane cultists worshiping a demon lord
• The character lives in a town where a religion runs rampant and is very xenophobic
• The character has been persecuted themselves
• The character does not agree with the popular religion of their area

For the most part, the Push method is the installment of some sort of negative circumstance for the character. The idea here is that the character wants to avoid something negative. 

The Pull

The pull method then is quite the opposite. It is the pursuit of something positive. Usually these circumstances exists (or don’t yet exist) elsewhere. Some great examples of this are:

• The Character wants more peace in their mortal life
• The character wishes to attain great spiritual power
• The character wants to rid the world of evil (or good)
• The character wants to restore a religion to its previous glory

In all of these, the character is reaching for something that they do not yet have.

In reality both of these methods are really the same. It doesn’t matter much whether a character is running from the hopeless condition they are in, or if they are running to find hope somewhere else. In fact, it only matters if it matters to the player and the character.

Using Faith as a Character Driver

Now, let’s talk about using faith and religion as tools to affect change within a character’s life and make them more dynamic. Usually, this means introducing conflict. I sometimes view conflict in a story as sort of a very hard object that will either break a clump of minerals of crack bits off, slowly revealing the precious gemstone inside.

Either way, we use these elements to create instances in which the character knows that things have changed and that they can’t continue being the person they were.

Religion, faith, and God are perfect for this kind of application.

My go-to usually involves something that my character in question already wants. I then try and make them want that thing either more difficult, more confusing, or strangely attainable.  I figure they already have this motivation, so let’s put a twist on the motivation. When it comes to religion and faith, there are a few examples that you might try.

The Faith Crisis

The first method is one that a lot of us have probably experienced so I would maybe opt for this one first, although it strangely might be harder within a fantasy D&D setting. This is the faith crisis. Most of us who grew up with one faith or another probably had wonderful experiences as a kid but then realized that the world is a lot harder to make sense of when we grew up. You could have the same thing happen to your player. Admittedly, it’s very common that a faith crisis develops when someone thinks about the religious organization rather than the tenets of the religious organization, but there is nothing wrong with a character questioning the tenets of their God. In the very well written books of R.A. Salvatore, spoiler alert, Drizzt Do’Urden, the skilled Drow Elf from the Underdark realizes that he has no affinity for the teachings of the Spider Queen Lolth. He experiences a faith transformation and decides to forgo all the customs and teachings of his entire people in favor of what he believes to be right and good. That’s a perfect example.

Also, a quick side note, these Character Drivers must always come with some benefits and some negative consequences. In the case of Drizzt, he was able to live with a clean conscience, but he was also forced to leave his homeland or face death.

Now let’s make up an example of a faith crisis that your character might undergo. The most obvious faith crisis would be for the character to discover that a large part of their religion is just a cover for malignant activities. That’s too easy. Let’s do something a little more nuanced.

Also, I must add that a faith crisis doesn’t always mean that the character abandons the faith. Sometimes the Faith Crisis turns into a metamorphosis.

So for our example, let’s say Exander the Tiefling Paladin serves my homebrew god of Coronus, or Crown as he is commonly called. Crown champions the leader, the patriarch, those in command, and those who make difficult decisions. He is all about guiding those who lead people. Exander decided to follow Crown because Exander’s father, Exantos, prayed to Crown for guidance in protecting and providing for his family....

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent

We have an awesome podcast today for you. We were able to sit down and chat with Andrew Ashby, owner of We Geek Together. We Geek Together is a store focused on Tabletop Gaming but themed after a tavern, and it's located in Provo Utah. Last April, Andrew hosted the Dead Wars, which was a 1000+ Player D&D game that broke a world record. Today we talk a lot about Dead Wars but also about some important tips for DMs of all experience levels. Below are a list of questions we had prepared for Andrew, but the conversation was so much better than these questions.

Andrew also started his own podcast as well which you can find on his website.

Show Notes:

Warm up question: what have you been geeking out about recently?

Section 1: Dead Wars

Summary- Talking about orchestrating Dead Wars

Questions:

Where did the idea first begin for you to beat the world record?

What was the session prep like?

What were the biggest hurdles you had to overcome and how did you get past them?

How was finding players and DMs for the event similar to finding players for a normal game? Different?

Would you recommend this style of group D&D play to DMs wanting to get a big group together?

What tips would you give to any DM who wants to put on a multiple group session or event?

Section 2: Running the Tavern

Summary - Talking about setting up a D&D business that is very welcoming of DMs

Questions:

What made you want to start this kind of business?

How did you test and prove your business idea?

What specific goals or values are the focus of WGT?

What would you say is the best part of WGT for DMs, specifically?

How did you figure out what to put in the tavern?

Section 3: Patterns of the Most Successful DMs

Summary - talking about what sets the best DM’s apart

Questions:

What positive patterns do you see in the groups that play the most often?

How do your regular DMs do effective session prep? And how do they create immersion?

What sorts of tools or equipment do your regular DMs use?

What are the most noticeable differences between an engaged table of players, and one that is stalled?

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Tanner hosts this episode of the How to Be a Better DM Podcast, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. He discusses how random encounters don't need to be simple filler, or poor storytelling tools for the overburdened DM. Rather, with some important tips, you can create a tool that saves you time but also adds fun in specific ways. Just remember to add pizzaz!

Mentioned in this episode:

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Get The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree For Free

Take a trip down to the bayou in The Swampberry Moonshine Jamboree. We teamed up with Studio Fantasms to bring you a raucous one-shot adventure full of gatorfolk, catfishing, and a whole lotta moonshine. We wrote the adventure, they designed the minis—it’s a sweet little bundle, and it’s totally free for the month of May. Just head to https://session0studios.com/fantasms and sign up to grab it. Don’t wait—May’s free, and once it’s gone, it’s gone.

Tanner Weyland:

Hello and welcome to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. My name is Tanner Weyland and I'm here with Justin Lewis. Say hi.

Justin:

Hi there.

Tanner Weyland:

Well, everyone, we are so happy to be together. As you know, Justin with his new baby, we haven't had as much of a chance to record. How's it been, Justin?

Justin:

Honestly, having a baby is easier and harder, much harder than I thought, right? It's just, it's crazy. The effect. Honestly, if that doesn't tell you what you need

Tanner Weyland:

I'm

Justin:

to know about

Tanner Weyland:

sorry.

Justin:

having a baby, then I don't know what would.

Tanner Weyland:

Exactly. I love that though that Jan was timed perfectly.

Justin:

Seriously.

Tanner Weyland:

Either way, we're super happy to have you back and just to be recording again. Let's let's hop into a fun little topic, kind of a creativity focused topic about how to make a campaign that is focused on going on an expedition. namely what makes an expedition-based campaign different from a normal campaign. Now, Justin, have you ever seen any movies that come to mind of an expedition or a journey or something like that?

Justin:

Absolutely. There are many, many out there. And just to give you kind of an idea of sort of the breadth that you can go when you think of Expedition, there's Atlantis, the Disney animated movie, which is a hidden treasure, I'd say. I would love to play a D&D campaign in that world. That would be so fun. And on the other hand, there's Alien versus Predator. Both of those are expeditions right but obviously there's twists and turns along the way

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, exactly. You know, I think. I think it's such an important story format for movies especially, but for D&D there's so many great things that you can do with it. Many D&D campaigns, like longer running campaigns, kind of take the form of an expedition or they can, but I think that there are specific things that you can do that can kind of set it apart and offer a new type of experience. to players. But you know, I think that our greatest teacher of what makes an expedition different from a normal campaign is Dora the Explorer, if we're being honest.

Justin:

Yeah.

Tanner Weyland:

I just I was thinking about it earlier and I was like actually she's like the kind of format of her thing of like, oh we need something we're going to go through this dark tunnel around the mountain, you know, for anyone who isn't from the US, Door of the Explorer is this cartoon that, you know, was supposed to teach, you know, English speaking. Children about how to speak Spanish, right? It was mostly in English But you know she'd have teach some Spanish phrases and the kind of the whole thing was like, oh she needed an object In order to get the object she would find the map in her backpack Look at it. It'd be like oh you do these go past these three places with their own challenges And then you reach the thing that you're trying to get and that's kind of I think that can really be a good benchmark for what makes an expedition different.

Justin:

Yeah, it's kind of the idea of... Well, and I guess we need to be careful when talking about expedition because it could be easy to think, oh, well, that's just the hero's journey, right? Because the hero is supposed to, you know, theoretically go on this quest. But generally expeditions have sort of a different feel, right? With the hero's journey... there's the quest, but I feel like the expedition, one of the biggest parts of the expedition is the travel. Right? It's the idea that we, like the quest is to travel, you know, to go there, to get there. And I think you're right exactly in that Dora the Explorer, every episode, well I haven't watched it in a while, so

Tanner Weyland:

Hahaha.

Justin:

I don't know exactly every episode, but you know, she's always calling for the map, right? Which... tells you kind of the steps to get there, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, exactly. Like I think you kind of hit the nail on the head. An expedition is different in the way that the journey is kind of the main thing you're focusing on. And we're not saying this in a, you know, philosophical like, oh, find joy in the journey thing that we're

Justin:

Friendship

Tanner Weyland:

saying that literally.

Justin:

was the treasure all along.

Tanner Weyland:

Exactly. You know, I think that that's I don't want you to think well, duh, Tanner, everything's about the journey. No, I'm saying the X and expedition type campaign should be about the journey. It's about getting there. And it's about the things that you kind of carry through throughout the journey, right? Like to hop into it about like some specifics. I think that I think another thing that we could look at that's honestly analogous to Dory the Explorer is Indiana Jones. And if you kind of compare these two examples, you find out a few things that really, I've seen in a lot of D&D expedition campaigns that really work. Now first, I would say that it's very important that in an expedition, that in an expedition campaign, you emphasize time and resources. Now, by this I mean like usually and I do this too. DMs, we will kind of retcon or hand wave using rations from day to day or food or anything like that, right? And even like, oh man, it's really cold outside because it's winter. You know, we'll do flavor snow or flavor sun, if that makes sense, where we're like, oh, the sun's in the sky and it's hot. But then you just go into the inn and you're fine or oh, man, it's just it's pouring rain out there. Luckily, you're near your house or you go back inside with an expedition. You actually take these mundane elements and you're like, hey, roll skill checks, it's freezing outside. or man the rain has gotten really hard and there's a mudslide on the road that you're on you know and you kind of make the journey have traps you make the journey have enemies you make the journey have items in a way that usually you might reserve for just like a dungeon you know

Justin:

Absolutely. And in bringing that up, I think it's important to talk about two things. One is you can make an expedition, sorry, my kid's crying in the other room, but you can make an expedition campaign, not be an expedition campaign, right? So what do I mean by that? In my current campaign, right? The party entered the Astral Sea to get to, well, in my campaign, the Astral Sea is basically treasure planet rules, right? Where every

Tanner Weyland:

classic.

Justin:

plane is, yeah, super fun, every plane is a different planet and you can get there on basically, you know, spaceships. And they are trying to get to this far off planet to rescue some friends of one of the party members who have become slaves, right? So theoretically, that could be an expedition, right? Somehow, I made it not an expedition, right? And I think part of it was, I definitely forgot that you have very cool touristy spots, like we kinda talked about, it's this journey. But I think I also fell into the main trap of expedition-type stories in that I made it a slog. right? There's one side where you have to keep track of rations and you know you keep track of the days you're traveling and there's the other side where you're essentially playing you know Oregon Trail where every day is very similar right? Like you sort of run out of things to do every day and I think it might be good for us to talk about ways to make it so it isn't so much of a slog but you still incorporate some of those really interesting mechanics like, hey, it's been snowing every day, are you gonna get a point of exhaustion today, right? Or what can you do around that? So I think that might be something we should talk about too.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, I totally agree. Cause cause I've noticed that too, where it's like, hey, you might get excited as a DM about this concept of like, oh my goodness, I'm going to have him roll for survival in a real way, you know, uh,

Justin:

I'm gonna go.

Tanner Weyland:

the ranger is going to just hit his peak in this campaign because you know, we're going to be out in nature, but that can get really boring because it's one thing to be like, oh my goodness, a monster like breathes ice breath on you. You know, uh, roll this kind of check, right? Um, that's very different from like, oh, hey, you've been a cold for the past few days, roll a check to see if you get, uh, hypothermia or something, right? Uh, that if, cause like a monster is very exciting and it's very immediate. Uh, weather is not. And so I think that a few ways that you can do this is, you know, having limits and stating those kind of like. Limits to the players in a way that they can understand like being like, oh my goodness You see that the map you are halfway through this region. That's very snowy You still have another half What's your plan, you know and giving them specific things? consequences, but maybe even more specifically giving them like Explicit goals like being like if you do not find shelter you're going to have, I'm going to roll a thing and if you fit and if it passes, you lose a finger. Right? If you give certain things like that, that it's like time barred, it's not just a consistent thing. It's like, it's one event that you're being explicit about, but it has a consequence and it has a specific goal that you are giving them. I think that can add some good direction that will kind of make it less of a slog. If that makes sense.

Justin:

Oh yeah, I think you're exactly right. And another thing that you were, you were saying that really kind of triggered on me, maybe one of like the biggest keys of the expedition is the map, right? And normally it's, it's a multi-staged map, right? It's a, it's a treasure map where, you know, take 15 paces to this landmark and then do something else rather than go into the astral seat and then go to this planet, right? Like my, my case. uh, and with those sort of maps where it's like, uh, and then the map doesn't always necessarily need to be clear, right? But it does take you from point A to B to C to D to E to F, which is where you actually want to go all along the way. Those points are points of interest. And at that point, it becomes a lot easier to do every single day or do like what a lot of movies do and do sort of montages, right? where, you

Tanner Weyland:

Yes.

Justin:

know, for the next two or three days, you guys are walking through the snowstorm and, you know, behind the scenes, you can roll whatever you want and decide, oh, a storm hit. And guess what? Like Tanner said, you guys have to find shelter in the next half hour, or each of you are losing something that's attached to your body. And I think, you know, that makes it a little bit more manageable, even for the DM, because you know, all you have to worry about is this stretch. and then this stretch and then this stretch, right? And it's, I know we talk a lot about railroading a lot on the show.

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

It's railroading, except you're not railroading because they're railroading themselves, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah. And that's the thing. In Expedition, I think you have a little bit more license to Railroad because you're kind of being like, hey, I'm taking you on a literal journey. Come along with me. You know, so that kind of. brings us to another part of this that it's like, hey, if you're going to do an expedition type campaign, you're going to want some interesting spots along the way, right? Yeah, you want the journey to be interesting, but you want some specific spots that fulfill a couple of things. One, they show a change of pace, right? So it's not always going to be a city, you know, and it's not always going to be a dungeon. It's going to be a little peppering of each, right? And sometimes it's just going to be a little oasis, right? an oasis where it's like, oh. monster attacks them or You know or a trap or they find a little tunnel like at the bottom At the very center of the oasis of the pool that if they dive down into there's a treasure chest or something You know you want highlights along the way almost like tourist spots That stand out right much like you would in your if you were to go on an expedition I say in quote marks because like The most the closest anyone gets to an expedition now nowadays is going on vacation. But you have, like the travel is interesting, but it's less interesting if you're not going between interesting spots, you know?

Justin:

Absolutely. And even on that note, I would say the very last place has to be like the most interesting or the most desirable or something like that, right? Like, you know, it's the Holy Grail, you know, that you have to get at the end of the challenges, right? Or it's treasure planet, right? Which could theoretically be considered an expedition.

Tanner Weyland:

Oh yeah,

Justin:

So.

Tanner Weyland:

totally.

Justin:

You definitely want to bake that into the story. Whether you tell your party members everything, it's up to you, but they need to have some sort of large motivation to get there. And because of that, because there's often this large motivation to get there, there will often be reasons for others to try and get there as well. And

Tanner Weyland:

Yes.

Justin:

you know... in expeditions, I think one constant has to be danger, right? And the

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

unknown, right? You know, thinking about Jumanji, like the latest Jumanji movies where they're in a video game, right? That's sort of an expedition because they're going from point to point to point trying to do certain things and the goal

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

is to get out of the game. There's always this nemesis that kind of wants the opposite of what they want, but there's also like sort of environmental danger. And so You never know if when you get to point B, you're gonna see the nemesis or it's just gonna be like a sandstorm, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Exactly, you know, because you kind of need... that consistent sense of danger, but sometimes you want it to be a specific type of danger that's following, right? Because I mean, isn't that more interesting storytelling, right? If at the start of your quest, like the town mayor or a dying scholar is like, oh my goodness, you have to get the book of such and such before they do. And then suddenly you have someone that you're chasing or who's chasing you or that you're goal right and that's just great storytelling and it and it allows for interesting run ins along the way going back to door of the Explorer it's exactly like swiper you know Swiper

Justin:

Absolutely.

Tanner Weyland:

no swiping. Once again, for people who don't know about Dora the Explorer, every episode she ran into a specific fox with a thieves bandana, something like that, but over its eyes. And it would try and steal something from Dora. And you see that in Indiana Jones, where it's like, oh, the Nazi that he runs into at the very start that follows and chases him throughout the whole thing, right?

Justin:

callbacks.

Tanner Weyland:

And I think that that's not accidental. It's not because they're like, oh, what do we do? I guess we do this. It's like, no, that adds tension and it adds conflict and also makes a reason for your players to hurry, which can't be overstated because with an expedition, players could be slow about it and you want to have a sense of urgency to be like, hey, the other people are on their way too. They might be ahead of you. Can you really afford to rest?

Justin:

Yeah, yeah. And we're coming down to the end of today's episode. I think it would be really cool if we gave sort of like an off the hip, off the cuff, I guess, example of like some sort of expedition you could do in a D&D setting, right? Like we just make it up on the spot. I can go first if you want.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, go ahead.

Justin:

You know, let's say in this world, one of the gods has just decided to retire, right? And so he's literally... giving his godhood up to the first, you know, whoever can get to his house. His house happens to be inside a pocket dimension, and he's placed portals all over the world, right? And he's told

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

you if you can get to this portal, and then he probably says some riddles, so once you get to the portal, you enter the pocket dimension, have to travel through his realm, get to his house. The twist at the end would probably be that he's not actually looking to... um, like give up his godhood. He's probably trying to root out his biggest competitors. So he, you know, he kills people who probably could kill him or something like that. Or, you know, he does give it up. Anyways, that's one quick example because in that you and your party would probably make it to a portal, come out the other side and see a rival party doing the same thing and realize, okay, this is a race for time. But then you also realize that you're not exactly there yet and so forth. So that was just when I came up.

Tanner Weyland:

Okay, I've got one and it's kind of, I would say that it would start with the players going to an old abandoned church. So also religious, but in

Justin:

I

Tanner Weyland:

a

Justin:

love

Tanner Weyland:

different

Justin:

it.

Tanner Weyland:

way. And within that church, they find a group of, you know, common bandits who have come to get an ancient relic that was hidden in the kind of basement beneath the basement. The one that people didn't know about. and the players fight them off because they're like, oh, we were asked by the local clergymen to check out who's defiling this old church, you know, this abandoned church. And they do that. And then they find that the bandits had found this ancient, like, withered looking like staff that was made of wood, but it had like interesting carvings on it. And then they hear like from the bandits, like the bandits saying that they were had to deliver it to, you know, so and so. Right. And then they find clues on the staff and they go back to the clergy who signed them and they were like, oh, this is the staff of, you know, Yggdrasil or something. Right. That, you know, the world tree and it has writing that can actually lead you there. And then that goes on the journey, you know, where they take the staff. They have to go to the druids forest. To get some you know knowledge there and then the druids are like oh we could help you But this kind of info was in our library at So and so and then you go there and then the library actually has the info and then you go to...

Hello, and Welcome to How To Be A Better D, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. My name is Tanner Weyland, and I am excited to talk with you about how to have a more creative and fun adventure by allowing your D&D players to be creative when they solve the obstacles and roadblocks you set up for them.

Mentioned in this episode:

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Hello, and Welcome to How To Be A Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. My name is Tanner Weyland, and together we will learn about how to prepare the best adventures and environments for our players to enjoy. I was sick last week, so Justin was able to make time from his paternal duties with the baby, and I am truly appreciative. I’m glad to be talking with you all today again, and I wanted to talk about an important topic that is under appreciated in TTRPGs, but extremely focused on in video games: multiple-option dialogue options.

Are your conversations too linear or single-purposed with the players? Do NPCs only have one purpose in your games? Well, let's talk about how to learn from video games and give more options.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Welcome dungeon masters to How to Be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. Today, I’m your host, Justin Lewis and together let’s discover how to make every session the best session of Dungeons and Dragons with you as the dungeon master.

Today, like so many other episodes, I’ll be discussing some tips for how to deal with a particular problem that faces many dungeon masters.

Unlike other episodes though, today I offer my point of view with the full knowledge that I myself am new at facing this particular challenge, and I hesitate to say anything because I don’t want to offend, or give the impression that I even know half of what I am doing. Today, we are going to talk about how to be a dungeon master and play D&D regularly when you have kids.

Big topic, I know.

As some of you might know, my child was born back in August of 2023 and him coming into my life has really shaken things up for me, as parenthood has for many people. I firmly believe that parenthood changes a lot of for you, but it doesn’t have to delete your hobbies and passions, and in fact, one of the great challenges of parenthood is finding ways to continue doing all the things you love with the addition of your family. I think that is a great example to set for your kids and it leads to a lot less resentment later in life. Obviously, I’m not saying to forget about your kids and your family. There is a fine line to walk and sometimes you do have to pass up a particular session because your family needs you. But hopefully, with these tips, that won’t happen as often.

Disclaimer

Before I get started into these tips, I need to give a brief disclaimer.

You absolutely need to know and understand that I am in no way a parenting expert. I do not give any of this as direct parenting advice. Instead these are ideas that you can try out. I’ve only been a parent for a little more than a month now and am not the guru of parenting that I wish I was. So take my advice at your own peril…

That said, these ideas aren’t that extreme. With some tweaking and changing, you should be able to make it work for your unique situation.

So with that, let’s get into it.

Get the Buy In of Your Significant Other

The first thing you need to do is get the buy in of your significant other. This is crucial because as we all know, communication is key in any relationship. It’s also important for you and your partner to both communicate your wants and wishes. You want something, in this case you probably want to play D&D. Your partner wants something too. The only way to know what they want and to let your partner to know what you want is to start communication.

This works the same way with partners where one partner is playing D&D or partners where both partners play in the same D&D group.

If the partners are in the same D&D group, then the buy-in you each need to give and get is for a commitment from each of you to do whatever it takes to make the games happen and make them fun for each partner. This means that each of you will need to be willing to adapt and try new things that might feel weird or look strange.

If only one partner is playing in a D&D group, then the buy-in changes a little bit. You both need to give your buy-in but in this case, the terms change. In the case of the non-player partner of the relationship, the buy-in needs to be such that they are willing to watch the child/children while you play D&D. They need to understand how long the games will be and the cadence of the games. They must not be surprised at the length or frequency of the games.

On the player side the terms are a little different. You will likely need to show a willingness to make it so the non-player partner can have a similar opportunity to hang out with friends. Be willing to watch the child while they go out every once in a while. Or just be willing to be a little more present with the child while you are at home. Honestly, it’s very possible that you don’t even need to give anything for your partner to be ok with you going to play D&D every week. But, make sure their wants and wishes are heard otherwise, you’ll be headed for disaster.

Get Table Buy In

Even after you and your partner come to an agreement, you’re not done getting buy-in. Now, you’ve got to get your table’s buy-in. Because this podcast is for dungeon masters specifically, I’ll talk from that viewpoint, but that doesn’t mean that this advice doesn’t apply to everyone at the table.

First, you need to help the adjust their expectations of you. You have a child, a family. That takes precedence. That means that sometimes, you won’t have as much time to prepare the sessions, or sometimes your D&D sessions will need to be cut a little short. It might even mean that you’ll have to DM with a baby on the hip. Your situation will look different and unique and your players need to understand and be given the chance to decide whether that’s something they want to deal with. It’s your child, not theirs. It wouldn’t hurt in this instance to also explain your commitment to the table as well. They would probably like to know that you care about the game and want it to be a success.

Just as long as everyone at the table is fully aware (for the most part) of the experience they will have while playing, and they are all ok with it, including you, then you have set your table up for success.

Enlist the Help of Relatives or Friends

The next thing you can do is start compiling a list of people that you 100% trust that would be willing to watch your child while you play D&D. Often relatives are a good place to start. If there are Grandparents in the mix, then that is an excellent place to start, but brothers, sisters, cousins, and neighborhood babysitters work too. The type of babysitter will change depending on how many kids you have and what ages. Also, if you can find a relative or someone who is willing to watch your child for free, that is ideal. Paying for a babysitter every week can start to add up. You might also consider doing some sort of a babysitting trade, finding someone who needs it on days or nights when you are not playing.

Adapt

The last general tip that I can give is that you need to be just as creative at finding a solution as you are when you play D&D. Life can be complicated and messy and when you can think outside the box to find uncommon solutions, things work all the better.

Now, let’s talk about some more specific methods that might be just what you need to make playing D&D with a child or children at home that much more possible.

D&D While Your Child is Sleeping

The first method you might give a try is to play D&D when the kid/s go to bed. Most kids have an earlier bedtime so playing afterhours might be the solution you’ve been looking for. If your group has content that belongs after-hours anyways, then this might be a match made in heaven.

If you do want to give this method a try, there are a few things that you should think about.

How loud is my group?

If your group happens to play loud and proud then you might consider trying a different method. Or you might think about soundproofing the room you play in. At the end of the day (pun intended) the last thing you want is for your child to not be able to sleep and to start crying or screaming or just having a bad time.

Will we be playing at my house?

If your group doesn’t play at your house, then having your child sleep may be somewhat strange depending on the circumstances. For example, if your group normally plays at the local game store, then having a child sleep while you play probably won’t work without a babysitter. On the other hand, if your group plays at a friend’s house and that friend is ok with you bringing a pack-n-play or a bassinet and setting it up in another room where the child can get some nice sleep, then that totally works.

Will the child sleep in the same room that we will play D&D in?

If you have a small infant like I do, then having them sleep in a different room would probably be a very unpleasant thought, at least in the newborn phase of your child’s growth. For me, I would need to have the baby in the same room in a bassinet or something. If the child is older, then having them in another room would likely be the ideal situation so that the child can get a good night’s sleep.

Will the child need monitoring?

If the child is young enough, monitoring might need to be set up to keep track of the child and to make sure that they do not fall victim to any danger that could harm them. If they are in the same room, then no worries. If they are in a different room, then you may want to bring all of your technological prowess to bear. Maybe the simplest and cheapest method of monitoring a child would be to set up a video call between two phones and position one to always be able to see the child.

More expensive options include things like an Owlet camera or a simple baby monitor and more.

D&D With Baby In Arms

If you have an infant like myself, then another option opens up and that is to play D&D with the child in your arms. Obviously, this option is only available if your table is open to it, knowing that there is a major possibility that at random intervals, the person holding the baby will have to tap out of the game for a moment to take care of baby, and also there is the obvious risk of a crying baby mid-game.

That said, if your baby is young enough then having them sit in your arms (or something like it) can be a great thing. For example, even as I wrote this episode, I had my son in a baby carrier strapped to my chest. I sat at my kitchen table writing while gently swaying back and forth to keep him calm and entertained. Whatever you have to do works.

When pursuing this method, it may help to have various tools at your disposal. For exampl the baby carrier that I already mentioned or some handy swaddles to keep the baby wrapped up nice and snug.

Having some clean binkies or toys might be what you need to do. If you are breastfeeding your baby, having one of those breastfeeding shawls or covers so you can feed while at the table would be helpful.

In this case, I would say having your character sheet on some sort of computer or ipad would be preferable to having it on paper because an electronic device is a lot harder to get mixed up when you have a squirming baby in your arms.

Of course, at the end of the day, what works for you is what works.

Get a Babysitter

Honestly, when it comes to getting a babysitter, I’ve said so much already that how can I possibly say more? Watch me!

When it comes to finding a local babysitter you can try a few different things. First, I would ask family and friends, in that order. Family is usually more willing to help but friends can be just as awesome too. Whoever it is, make sure you trust them completely and that you leave crystal clear instructions on how to care for your child and what to do in an emergency.

After that, you might try your neighbor kids if they are in that perfect babysitting age. 12-16 is generally a good range. Personally I would opt for a girl babysitter just because they would generally be more patient, kind and understanding of my child’s needs than a teenage boy would be but you do you.

If you still can’t find a babysitter, you can ask at your local church if you attend to see if someone there might be able to help.

After that, start asking people you know if they know someone. Always vet the baby sitter to hearts content when getting referrals because sometimes things aren’t as they appear.

Finally, you can hire a professional baby sitter from professional service, though that will likely cost you much more.

Involve Your Child

Now, if you are unlike myself and your kid/s are old enough to start to understand some of the game, then you might consider involving them a little in the game.

Again, though it doesn’t need to be said, I’ll say it anyways, you can only do this if your D&D group is ok with it.

You also need to realize that if your other players in the group have kids too they might want to involve their kids and the whole thing can spiral out of control real fast so be wise.

But if your child is 5 - 10 you might have them sit at the table and play the game with you. If your DM is ok with it, the Child could become sort of an NPC, like a child in the game or some sort of familiar. You can ask them what to do and how to act in certain situations.

If you play a paladin, cleric or a warlock, you might have your child play the part of your Diety or patron respectively, giving you guidance in moments of need. This will likely lead to some laughs along the way and you and your kid will bond over a very fun hobby, D&D.

If the child is younger, you might have them sit on your lap and roll the d20 anytime you need one rolled. They can be around you and the game and start to enjoy rolling the dice, seeing the outcome and hearing everyone at the table cry is dismay or triumph.

This all only works if your child cooperates obviously, so don’t press the point if kiddo isn’t impressed.

Play Shorter Sessions

One of the simplest tactics to take if you have to balance being a parent and a Dungeon Master is to play shorter sessions. I know that we are all thinking that this is probably the least desirable method, but you have to admit that it is effective. Ask your players if they would be willing to play shorter sessions. Most will agree just to be able to keep playing.

Doing shorter sessions is a good method to try for a couple reasons. For one, you don’t always have to play shorter sessions. Sometimes, you’ll get a good 4 hour game in and other times, you may have to cap it at one hour.

Secondly, having shorter sessions means that you have to prepare less. You don’t have to come to the table with 4 hours prepared if you are planning on only playing for 2.

Even though it might be a really great idea to do shorter sessions, you still need to keep some things in mind.

With shorter sessions, you will need your table to understand that they really need to pay attention and be courteous when the spotlight is on someone else. It often happens that one character is doing something while everyone else waits. In those moments, everyone needs to be adults and wait patiently for their turn. Doing so will allow a reciprocal exchange of respect for everyone at the table and it will make it so each person can do their thing uninterrupted, and therefore faster, making it easier to get to everyone.

I find this consideration to be one that people seem to miss a little. Even though we are playing a make believe game, we can still act like adults, so let your player’s know.

Play Online

If you can’t find a babysitter, then consider playing online. I know for some people it’s a bit of a leap, but drastic circumstances call for drastic measures. Being able to play online would allow you to take breaks every so often to do the necessary things with your kid. If you have a wireless headset and are a master at multi tasking, you might even consider doing both at the same time, though I wouldn’t recommend it. Dividing yourself between two things means that two things get only fractions of your whole self. You don’t want to do that to your kid or your D&D group.

That said, it is a lot easier to keep an eye on your kid as they play with toys in the same room that you are DMing in. You might need to ask for some patience from your group because you’ll likely need to give direction to your kid every once in a while, but it might just be the fit that you need to make sure you keep playing.

Become a Scheduling Wizard

Finally, the last tip that I would suggest is to make sure you become really good at maintaining a schedule. This is for a few reasons. As a parent, any time you get to yourself is precious, just as any time you have with your little one is precious. You want to make the most of both. Being able to alot the right amount of time for the things that are important to you will make sure that they don’t fall by the wayside.

You’ll also be able to fulfill any promises you made to your significant other about watching the kid so they can go do something fun too. Time is our most precious resource because it really is the only thing we have. Being able to spend the right amounts of time doing the things that matter will make all the difference.

Now, there is a big chance that a lot of you don’t have kids. That’s ok. You’ll likely play with someone who does and these tips will allow you to help them and be in their corner. It should also give you a little more sympathy for parents trying to play D&D and parent at the same time.

At the end of the day, I hope these tips have given you some good ideas and hopefully sparked some creative ideas that I didn’t even think of. D&D is fun and so is being a parent and by golly, I truly believe that we can do both.

Thanks for joining me on today’s episode. We’ll be back next week with another amazing episode. Until then, let’s roll initiative.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Join Our Discord

So a little bit of a spoiler alert. We’re building an army. That’s right, we’re building an army of amazing dungeon masters who want to make the world of D&D a better place. If you want to join our army and fight by our side against the evil forces of boredom and bad dming, join our Discord and lend your voice to the cause. Go to Session0studios.com/discord and join for free today.

Discord

Hello, and Welcome to How To Be A Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. Little 'ol Tanner is flying solo today with a great topic. We are going to talk about something that is important to every D&D interaction that we have with players: “Yes And”

This improv ability isn't just for comedy, and it isn't something that takes an improv class to implement in your D&D campaign. It just takes a shift in mindset and some practice.

Mentioned in this episode:

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Hello, and Welcome to How To Be A Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent! My name is Tanner Weyland, and together we will learn about how to prepare the best adventures and environments for our players to enjoy. Today, we just have one big announcement about Justin: he had his baby! Congratulations, Justin!

For today's topic, we are going back to the basics: Saving throws. Do you just see them as a slightly different type of roll, or do you see them as an opportunity to build suspense and prompt character struggle or change? Let's talk about it.

Find out more about our podcast and also Monsters.Rent here: https://monsters.rent/podcast/

Mentioned in this episode:

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

Why Listen to Ads?

Ugh, another ad break. Let’s be real—ads are the worst. If you’re anything like my wife, you’d rather quit a show entirely than sit through another ad. So why suffer? Just skip them. Join our Patreon at patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and enjoy ad-free episodes with exclusive patron-only content—all for just $5 a month. Look at you, all fancy with your uninterrupted listening experience. So stop wasting time on ads (like this one). Go to patreon.com/betterdungeonmaster and upgrade your listening today!

Patreon

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Here's the transcript of today's episode:

Tanner Weyland:

to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. This is Tanner Weyland, and I'm here with Justin Lewis. Say hi!

Justin:

Bye.

Tanner Weyland:

Hi. Perfect. We're glad to be here with you guys. And today we're going to have a little, you know, just a little question episode, just a little episode where we're answering one question. How do you convince a non-playing person to play D&D? Justin, let's get your thoughts.

Justin:

Alright, for me, step one, ask what movies they like to watch, right? Because most people like Lord of the Rings, Star Wars, Marvel, Harry Potter, you know, or any number of fantasy movie. And once you know, oh, you like Harry Potter, well, how is Harry Potter any different than Dungeons and Dragons, right? That would be my first tip. Ask what movies they like.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, one thing that I would throw in there is convince the people around them. Like, for example, my wife, she's never played D&D, never wants to. She's firmly in the camp that's like, oh, that's nerdy stuff, you know, and yet she has friends, friends that she thinks are cool. who liked D&D and they heard that, you know, I'm into D&D. They're like, oh my goodness, you should have read a D&D campaign or a session for us, right? And I was like, oh yeah, that sounds great. And then, you know, the thought was planted in my mind. I was like, I can get Kirstie to join. These are her work friends. Of course she would play. Why would she not? She tried to play a little bit of hard to get. It's like, oh, I don't know. I just want to watch you guys play, but. I was like, I think I can get her specifically because she has friends, people that she respects as normal people, not as nerds like me. And that's a good way to convince them. And I think pairing with that, even if she doesn't play, if she sits and sees how an actual game is played, right? Because I got into D&D, frankly, because I started listening to podcasts, you know, live play podcasts. And that was, I was like, oh, this is really fun. I can do this. This isn't too far of a leap. She's never going to do that. What she could do is get a in-person live play podcast, quote unquote, you know, where I'm playing with her friends. If I'm unable to convince her, of course. And that would totally open up the way for like, Hey, if they like it enough and they want to do it again, she'd probably be willing to do the next time. Right.

Justin:

Absolutely. In fact, my wife's aunt still sort of thinks D&D is related to devils and demons, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Oh, yeah, the satanic panic kind of thing.

Justin:

Yeah, exactly.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah.

Justin:

And it's not so much that she like actively thinks that. She just had a bad experience essentially, but her daughter, right, is living with my wife's parents and because of that her daughter, her daughter my wife's cousin, is not allowed to play D&D, right? But she's come over while we're having our sessions and watched us play and we ask her and we say like, hey, do you think there's anything wrong with this? And she's like, no, it kind of sounds a little boring. Which I mean, you know, that's her opinion, but exactly what Tanner said, expose them a little bit to D&D, right? Have them watch the D&D movie. And everyone knows the D&D movie was funny because you have, you know, lots of kind of new up and coming actors as well as some pretty old and storied actors, you know, who Hugh Grant has been in countless movies, but you have them

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

watch the D&D movie, they're going to laugh, they're going to see things that are pretty cool, and they're going to ask questions like, wait a second, is Thimbershod that giant fat dragon? Is he like a real character? And the answer is yes. He actually features in The Lost Minds of Vandelver, which is in fact basically like the first D&D anything that most people come in contact with, Would You Like to Play, right? That's an easy segue.

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm. Exactly. And, you know, above all, just... I think if you bring a good positivity to D&D when you talk about it, you know, talk about how fun it was. Talk about, you know, things that you think that they would really find funny or interesting. You know, if you're a DM, which I mean, you're listening to this podcast, so hopefully you're trying to be, then just be like, hey, I was really stumped with this thing, but then I came up with this cool solution. And they really enjoyed it. You know, just be super positive, even if they think you're so nerdy and that it's not to them, they're not going to be intimidated by it, right? And that kind of opens up a pathway for them to be open in other ways, right?

Justin:

Yeah, and along those lines, don't push too hard because our natural inclination as human beings is when someone tells us, you know, you need to do this. Our natural inclination is to say, no, I don't, and I'm not going to because you told me to, right? So in trying to get them to play, make simple invitations, say, it means a lot to me, and I enjoy doing it with my friends. In fact, it keeps my relationships with certain friends. strong, you know, sometimes you don't have the ability to see them, but everyone can schedule something and make it happen. But anyways, don't push too hard.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, and I think something that I would just throw in as kind of a gateway drug to tabletop you know role-playing games is you know there are easy tabletop role-playing games and then there are also board games that include a little bit of role-playing right? I would say that that certain games like based off of mafia, like the, what is it? One Night Werewolf

Justin:

Yep.

Tanner Weyland:

game. Like to some extent that's a lot of like playing a role. And then there's other games where you're like working with someone to do like, it's kind of co-op, right? Like there's Pandemic, there's... Oh man, there's this firefighter board game. I'm blanking out the name. But anyway, there are these games where it's like, hey, you're embodying a role, you're role playing, and you know, you're working together with some people. Those are great gateways to doing something more serious. And then if you're trying to do a gateway role playing game, there's a lot of options, right? Like there's some games that... Like there's one game called Dread. It's kind of horror based, so I don't know if you, you know, do it with everyone who you're trying to get into D&D. But the whole idea is that you're playing Jenga. It's a role playing game based around Jenga.

Justin:

I'm going to go ahead and turn it off.

Tanner Weyland:

And each time, like you have, you can find pre-written scenarios, but every time that a player wants to do something, they pull a block, put it on top. And then they do the thing that they said their character would do, right? But the moment that tower falls down, oh my goodness, that person's dead. And the DM, you know, who can be you in this case, kind of takes over that character and they die or transform or who knows what, right? Something horror related. That's a very simple game that doesn't require a lot of rules. And it can be a nice segue, you know.

Justin:

Yeah, another game is Betrayal at Hill House. That

Tanner Weyland:

Oh, exactly.

Justin:

one, it's basically an RPG in board game format. Kind of, you know, going the opposite way rather than using games. You know, if you know this person to be one who is very much into personal development, challenge them and say, have you ever wanted to try and see how quick you are at thinking? you know, using your wits, being creative. How creative are you at problem solving? How good are you at improvising? And how good are your performance and presentation skills? Well, Dungeon and Dragons is the best kind of mix of all of those because it's fun and it does challenge you to kind of think on your feet and improvise, take things as they come and try and craft new solutions that are unique and sometimes absurd.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, and kind of as a last point from me, I think that what you said about not pushing is important. Now, if you did wanna do kind of a last hurrah, if you will, I think that you could try and ask them. to do a favor for you, you know, to be like, hey, I wrote this thing, I really think it'd be fun and I have a couple of friends, you know, or mutual friends who want to play it, but we really could use another player. Would you be willing to sit in just one time, right? Or you could even be more direct and be like hey, I've always loved the idea of playing with you But I never thought that you'd be into it Even though I'm sure you'd be great. Would you try it once for me? You know, and if they're like hard no, don't push it too much But I think a lot of a lot of people if you're that direct and that honest about like hey I would really like to try it because if you did like it, it'd be really fun then that would be, you know, I think some people would be willing to try that. I think that'd be the right approach for certain, you know, individuals. And if you're able to do that, then you try it. And if they don't like it, they don't like it. You know, you tried your best, you can move on. You can do it knowing that you've put your best foot forward and that they've actually tried it and you can be grateful and thank them for that. And it can be a memory, you know, to look back on.

Justin:

Absolutely. The last thing I'd say is, even though you shouldn't push too hard, you shouldn't give up. I have a friend who I've been inviting to play D&D with me for the last three years plus, and I feel like I can feel him slowly slipping, right? Eventually I'll get him to say yes. But sometimes people just aren't in the right space. You might ask them one day and they'll say yes. So don't give up.

Tanner Weyland:

Exactly. And with that, you know, we invite you to go out there. Give it another try with your friend, with your family member, your significant other, to, you know, invite them into the rich, rich world of D&D. And, you know, even if it doesn't work now, keep trying. Try in different ways because we know that it's going to be a great experience for you. And until next time, let's roll initiative.

Mentioned in this episode:

Save time with Roll and Play Press

Save yourself some precious time with Roll and Play Press. Go to https://session0studios.com/rollandplay and use code BETTERDM10 at checkout.

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term campaign. 💰 Want to earn some gold and help someone level up their game night? Send them to session0studios.com/prodm and start earning today!

D&D and Death: How to Handle the Death of a Character in D&D

Suddenly, time seems to slow down. The arrows rain down like slow pebbles skipping across a lake rather than the hail of death they’d been seconds before. Lightning crawls across the sky, achingly slow, reaching for that next empty space. These demonlings rush about, and all the while, your eyes remain fixed on Eloin. You see her grip at her stomach, feeling around the blade that runs right through her abdomen. The demon facing her lifts his impaled sword so that Eloin is at his eye level. The demon laughs and then callously pulls her off his sword with one massive hand. He smiles a pointed grin and then tosses her behind him into the swarm of demonlings…

Dungeons and dragons is very fun game with very dynamic emotions and experiences. We all come to the table eager to experience things that we’ve never experienced. Sometimes we do experience things that we’ve been through before, and when that happens, there’s a 50/50 chance that the experience is nostalgic, or traumatizing.

Welcome back to How to Be a Better DM. Today, I’m your host, Justin Lewis, and I want to talk about a pretty hard subject; death.

In the real world, people generally avoid the topic of death. For most people it causes a lot of discomfort. In the world of D&D, our characters provide death for many an NPC, yet when faced with their own demise, our players plead and beg the DM to make it not so.

That can be pretty hard as the DM. Should you cave to your players’ desires and let them live on? Or should you let things play out. If they die they die. Still, other DMs decide to play the part of the villain and rain down death as those demons I was talking about did.

It’s all a complicated discussion so, without further ado, let’s get into it.

The Basic Rules of Death

In the Player’s Handbook, the rules for death state that when a character falls to 0 hit points, they fall unconscious, and begin death saving throws.

For those of you who aren’t familiar with how Death Saves work here’s a refresher.

The unconscious character maintains their spot in initiative, or an initiative is created.

Whenever their turn comes around they roll a d20. If their result is an 11 or higher, then that is considered a success. 3 success stabilizes their character, and they remain unconscious but are no longer dying.

If their result is a 10 or less, then that is considered a failure. 3 failures, and their character dies.

If their results is a natural 20, then the character immediately stabilizes, gains 1 hit point is conscious and can proceed with their turn (although there are many differing rules surrounding this particular part).

If their result is a natural 1 then that counts as 2 failures.

Obviously, there is a lot of room here for the addition of homebrew rules that can make death saves very fun.

One of my favorite homebrew rules is that the death saves have to be rolled privately between the player and the DM and that player cannot make the results known to the other players. They cannot speak in fact, because, they are dying. I heard this rule from an interview on Dimension 20.

But regardless of what you decide to do, there is an even more important question that you need to answer first.

Is Death allowed at your table?

Before your players even come close to dying, you need to decide whether or not character death will be allowed at the table.

You might scoff as you listen to this, thinking, “Well, of course my characters can die. There are no true stakes if they can’t die.”

Maybe, maybe not.

Death is a very powerful plot point. The Fellowship of the Ring would not have had half as much emotion if we all didn’t think that Gandalf had died halfway through. Anakin Skywalker might have had a harder time transitioning into Darth Vader had Padme survived. Death is a very powerful tool for the storyteller.

But with great power comes great responsibility.

One of the biggest responsibilities you have as a dungeon master is making sure that your players are generally happy.

Triggering Event

Because D&D can sometimes be a mirror in which we can see reflections of our normal lives, we sometimes must be careful as to what we put into the mirror (bad analogy). For example, if a loved one of one of your players has passed away recently, then having someone die in their D&D session might not be the right thing.

Before you make any sort of decision, ask your players what sort of things they want to have in their D&D game. They get to choose what happens just as much, if not more than, you do.

You can ask them about all sorts of topics and themes to include in the D&D campaign, but definitely make sure death in there.

Preventing Death

Assuming your players have opted to avoid the inevitability of death, you now have to do some fancy footwork to make the story believable and worthwhile.

On one hand, having a table that can’t die is fun because the players know that they have some pretty powerful plot armor. But that can quickly make the game boring. It’s not a big deal to fight a lich if you know that your player will not die.

So to make the stakes still high even though the mortality rate is low, here are a few things you can do:

1. Collateral Damage: Assuming your player characters are developed and have been able to form important relationships with other NPCs, those NPC can become the targets of your Villains malicious attempts. This is also known as “The Lois Lane” tactic. Superman is impervious, so Lois Lane, his lady love, often comes under the gun of Lex Luthor. Likewise with your  heroes, they can save the NPC in distress who really is just an innocent bystander… or are they…
2. Unintended Consequences: Another method you can try is to add tangential consequences anytime a hero “dies”. For example. Let’s say a particular Diety has decided to favor the party. This deity essentially prevents any party member from full dying. The death saves are still rolled, but if the character would die, the Patron God would step in and prevent them from dying miraculously. The God, however, gives this boon with some strings attached. Now the party has to do some sort of quest for the God in return for being preserved. Another consequence could madness. The more often a character should be dead but isn’t, the more insane the character becomes. You can spice this up with some fun voices that they can only hear and other things. Really your options for random consequences are endless.
3. Loss of limb or ability:  You could require that everytime a player would normally have died, they simply roll on a permanent injury table, losing a hand, leg, eye or just suffering some minor wound. This particular method only works for a short period of time because if it really was “long term” then after they lose a limb, combat would become harder, making the chances that they fall unconscious and do deaths saves again go up, which in turn would make them lose another faculty. It’s a vicious cycle.

Of course, there is nothing written down that you have to even do any of these methods. You could simply just decide that none of your player characters die. I think for very young groups, like maybe below 10, this would be an ok situation.

If you do decide that none of your PCs die, then you might also need to consider whether the enemies die as well. Will your game be one of all non-lethal damage?

I think for most tables, that just isn’t a situation that would please people. But it can be done.

So, now that we’ve talked about preventing Player Character death from happening at your table, we need to talk about letting it happen.

Allowing Death to Happen

After your table has decided that they do want to let nature be nature and those things that die will simply pass on to the next existence, you need to consider a few questions.

What type of Experience will it be?

You don’t really need to consult your players but if you want some of their input that’s fine. You need to decide what sort of gaming experience a character death will be. In video games, when you die, you usually revert to the last save or the start of the level. D&D usually isn’t like that (though, I suppose you could make an interesting game mechanic that reverts certain things if a character dies). Usually, the character dies, then in the next session, the Player introduces their new character in a fun and interesting way.

In some D&D groups, the player might just create a carbon copy of their previous character and call them a different name. Viva La Dirt League has a whole comedic sketch on this in their D&D Logic videos. Really, it’s up to the DM whether that sort of shenanigan will be allowed. For some players, it’s really more just about loving a specific class-race combo and playstyle that they want to emulate. For the most part though, players will create a new character when they die without problems.

You, as the DM, though, need to understand the mood of the table and the playstyle of the group, to correctly portray any individual death scene. For example, if your table is generally a table that laughs much more than they are serious, then making a death scene funny, might not be a bad thing. Even on a particular day, if the party seems to want to just goof off, then go ahead and goof off with them.

But….

If your party is of the more serious types, then you absolutely need to treat the character death with all the gravity that you can muster. We play these characters week in and week out. We know that they are not real and that they are just make believe, but surprisingly, when we play them, they start to feel a little real. We find ourselves doing things that “the character would do” that we would never do. So when a character dies, you need to be careful not to make light of the situation in case one of your players is not yet ready to let go of them.

Honestly, because it is a touchy subject, I would err on the side of being too serious rather than making light of a situation that could be difficult for one of your players. They could resent you, even subconsciously, and decide that they don’t want to play with you any more, which is a loss in my book.

Will I, the DM, actively cause Death

Another consideration that you need to make as the Dungeon master is whether or not to actively seek the destruction of your players. Obviously, whenever combat comes up, every DM does “their best” to kill the players, but this consideration is a deeper decision. There are times when one player goes down, and the DM needs to think about whether the enemy would continue attacking the downed player to finish the job or if they would divert their attention to other targets. In some instances, the downed player becomes a bigger target because they are downed. 

When a DM acts like this, players will naturally be angry. As a DM, you will need to understand the decision you make and be able to defend it. In my opinion. Only do this if you know your players would still play with you after. You don’t want to have to find another D&D group just because you thought a particular enemy would not hesitate to kill.

Resurrection

Now that we have killed your Player Character, you need to also decide whether or not that player can return to the game. In many games, the group can pursue resurrection of the downed individual. You need to decide if that is an option at all, and if it is how easy or difficult it is to make it happen, and how one might go about resurrecting a fallen friend.

For some campaigns, the only thing that is needed it the spell Resurrection, and the 1000 GP diamond that the spell requires. Once your players have access to this spell, can decide that this is all that is needed to revive a character that has died. 

Or you can make things a lot more difficult.

For example, if you desire, you can choose the ban the Resurrection spell from any player character’s spell list. You may decide that NPCs can still cast the spell, so now the PCs need to find an NPC that likes them enough to resurrect one of them. 

Or perhaps, you decide that only high ranking Clerical NPCs can cast resurrect. This would make the quest of finding someone who can perform the spell and is also willing to do so for the party, much more difficult.

Still, other DMs might choose to make resurrection the object of larger quests. You may decide to have your party seek after the Fountain of Youth, or seek divine favor with a hard-to-please deity. Or you can have your party try to find a magic item that restores life, much like the latest D&D movie.

However you do it, if you do decide to make bring a character back to life more difficult or engaged, I would encourage you to make a story arc or a quest out of it. In D&D resurrection should be a very theatrical and earned event, meaning that if you just give it to your players they won’t appreciate it. 

Make it an adventure, that way, when the player does come back, there will be many opportunities for roleplaying, both on their side and on the side of the other players.

New Character Creation and Introduction

Now, assuming that one of your player characters have died, and that they aren’t going to be resurrected anytime soon, you obviously need to help the player who lost their character make a new one.

Here again, you need to make some decisions. 

Are they the same level as the other players?

How will they enter the game?

How do you help them establish relationships with the other players?

Let’s talk about all of these and more.

First, Character Creation

For the most part, character creation after a character death is just like making any other character. Have the player try and think of something original. They may want to do the same class, and maybe even the same race, but encourage them to give their new character some different personality traits. You don’t want a carbon copy of the old character because that just makes things weird.

If your party has been adventuring for some time, then they may have accumulated some magical items. You’ll need to decide whether or not this new character will meet the party while already possessing some magical items of their own.

Lastly, you’ll need to help your player come up with proper motivations for their character that will lead that character to intersect with the rest of the party, and hopefully, stay with them.

Introduction

As I’ve said before, one of the hardest parts of D&D is getting player characters to meet and then decide to travel together, and hopefully become friends. I’ve also said that an easy way to mitigate this is to give the new character a connection or a tie to an existing character. Maybe they are cousins, or they grew up in the same town. The connection doesn’t need to be big, unless you want it to be. I would opt for a smaller connection that still allows the characters to have their own adventures and storylines, while making a sort of introduction to the rest of the party. 

If nothing else, you can always opt for a galvanizing event. Soon after the new character joins the party, have them all face some sort of danger together where their goals become the same by default. Facing down a large and dangerous monster qualifies perfectly. This should theoretically help the party become a team, if only to destroy a threat. However you do it, make sure that everyone feel included. An experience like this should align a lot of their motives and incentives so that they spend some amount of time together.

After that, you simply need to keep things rolling until friendships form between characters.

Other Outcomes that are Like Death

If you aren’t interested in death in your game, or even if you are interested, there are a few other outcomes that you can introduce into your game that will be similar to death in their scope and effect, but won’t necessarily be actual death.

For example, in my campaign I am running, my players faced a creature that could petrify them. I chose to make the process of becoming un-petrified a much more involved process rather than just allowed them to find someone who could cast greater restoration. 

In similar ways you could have an enemy who casts sleep on players that forces them into a deep sleep, or you could use banishment in a similar way. These are fun ways to have a “deathlike” experience with a character, while still allowing the player to reclaim the character in a way that is earned and fun for everyone at the table. When considering using methods like these, make sure your players are open to it, and that it’s either randomly directed, or if it is targeted to a specific character, then there is narrative reasoning behind it.

Well, we’ve certainly talked a lot about death, but as they say, Memento mori. As you go back to your D&D campaigns or start new ones, consider the consequences of death and what it would mean to your players. Make sure everyone is on board and having fun and remember to do everything for the purpose of a better story. Hopefully these tips have helped you. 

Thanks for joining me here on How to Be a Better DM, the official Podcast of Monsters.Rent.

Let’s meet back here next week for another amazing episode. 

Until then, let’s roll initiative.

Mentioned in this episode:

Brought to you by Session 0 Studios

Visit session0studios.com for more information.

Add the Magic of Sound to Your Gameplay

When you set the scene you need to tap into the five senses. When it comes to sound one of the best ways to do that is with music, sound effects, and ambience. That’s why we’ve teamed up with Monument Studios. Monument Studios provides an easy-to-use Soundboard perfect for Dungeon Mastering. If you want to see this in action, go to fantasy-plus.com and get 10% off of your first month of their Fantasy+ App by using the code BETTERDM at check out. Again that is fantasy-plus.com and BETTERDM at checkout.

Monument Studios

Do You Want to Earn some Money?

🎲 Want to Earn Some Extra Gold? We’re offering a referral incentive for our professional Dungeon Mastering services! Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Refer someone to session0studios.com/prodm 2️⃣ They sign up for a free consultation. 3️⃣ They mention they were referred by a podcast listener. 4️⃣ We DM an unforgettable session for them. 5️⃣ They get 10% off their booking. 6️⃣ You get 10% of what they paid—straight into your coin purse. 7️⃣ We celebrate with a virtual high-five. 🙌 We run games for private groups and corporate teams—whether it’s a one-shot or a long-term...

Tanner Weyland:

Hello, this is Tanner Weyland. Welcome back to How to be a Better DM, the official podcast of Monsters.Rent. I'm here with Justin Lewis. Say hi, Justin.

Justin:

Justin.

Tanner Weyland:

Hey, hey, no, don't do that. Just kidding, I'm joking.

Justin:

I'm sorry.

Tanner Weyland:

It's great to have you. Ha ha ha.

Justin:

Thank you. It's great to be here.

Tanner Weyland:

Perfect. So if anyone's new to the podcast, we are going to learn a bit about how to bring our DMing and storytelling to the next level. And today's podcast is kind of a thought experiment. Why don't we see more marriage and families happening, you know, with your players characters? Like, why aren't they starting their own little families and having little kids that they name and train and everything else, right? That's kind of the thought experiment, and finding out if, as DMs, we can do this and make it an enriching and enhancing part of an adventure. First off, Justin, what do you think about this topic?

Justin:

I think it is an amazing topic. First of all, for those of you who don't know, I'm actually expecting my first child as this podcast releases. My wife's due date is August 4th, so it's like two, a week and a half away. So thinking about families is definitely the top of mind. And so I've been thinking of different book ideas that can involve having a baby or just all sorts of. fun ideas and I think and actually on a different side note my own campaign my players have gotten pretty good like they're pretty high level and it's hard for me to throw a balanced challenge at them without killing them and so I was thinking you know what maybe I'll just give them like a baby and they'll just have to deal with that you know

Tanner Weyland:

Just do a little bit of just giving them responsibility, a cold

Justin:

Mm-hmm.

Tanner Weyland:

hard slice of responsibility and see how they deal with it.

Justin:

Exactly. I mean, the unfortunate part of doing that would be is how they treat NPCs thus far is not generally good. So I'm kind of

Tanner Weyland:

No.

Justin:

afraid, you know.

Tanner Weyland:

Well, that's perfect. I mean, in a way that kind of speaks to one of the opportunities of, uh, of making, you know, player relationships actually lead to kind of emotional attachment that speaks to it, right? Cause it's like, you can tell different stories if the players feel emotionally connected, because I think a lot of really great characters, players will try and do that naturally, you know, they'll try and be like, oh, let's find the emotional connection. that would make my character actually want to go save this town or save this little girl who got kidnapped or something, right? But not all players are like that, right? And so kind of giving them that natural connection of like, hey, it's your wife, it's your fiancee, it's the girl in the town who you've been spending more time with or your child. I think that that's just a very natural way to get player buy-in. if that makes sense.

Justin:

Yeah, and I think that can also be a reason why Dungeon Masters might avoid the family just because it might not feel earned, you know?

Tanner Weyland:

Mmm.

Justin:

Or you're trying to establish some sort of family relationship with a character, or sorry, not a character, with a player that generally doesn't do much role playing. And I mean, if you do that, there's a big chance that they'll be like, oh hey brother, okay bye, right. not a big payoff.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, absolutely. And I think that kind of leads naturally into what I want to talk about next, which is like, why don't we see this more often? You know? Uh, and, and I think it's worth talking about from the player perspective and the DM perspective. Uh, for DMs, I think there's a few reasons, you know, frankly, I think that sometimes the subject matter might be awkward, you know, because in order to create a relationship, you have to have flirting. and or dating and you know and some people are just uh maybe don't want to touch that because that's not something they're super confident with uh personally or they don't want to role play flirting as an npc with a player because that can be a little uncomfortable too right especially if that player or the dm you know because it's dm's gonna be like this too especially if they want to like talk about like some of the nitty gritty with like sex or anything like that then it's like oh you're gonna you know makes quite a few people at the table uh uncomfortable honestly you know

Justin:

Absolutely. Honestly, this kind of goes a little bit into... Well, it touches on a topic that is connected to an episode I'm writing currently for later that deals with death, right? And allowing

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

death in your game. And really as a DM, you need to understand and to understand you have to ask your players what they're okay with, right? You know... my personal group and to be honest myself, I tend to shy away from some of the more PG-13 R rated aspects of playing D&D that could be in there, right? Just that's my natural personality, but even if it wasn't, I know that my group, that's generally how they would trend as well, right? We would prefer to stay away from some of the more scandalous types of encounters you could have in D&D. But. if you don't ask your players you won't know right?

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, exactly. And I think that I think communication with players is key because kind of jumping over to their perspective, I think that some players don't feel like they've got the metaphorical nod from the DM to be like, hey, you can pursue like some type of more relationship, a deeper relationship with this PC, because you're trying to flesh out your character, you can pursue that and I'm actually going to yes and what you're doing. You know, instead of being like, oh, I'm going to have this NPC not really show that much interest or there's always going to be like an invisible wall of like, hey, what are you wasting your time here with? Let's get back to adventuring. You know? And I think that if you have that kind of. understanding and you also do a little bit of push and pull with them role playing wise, then they'll feel more comfortable actually trying that and that might be a hurdle that they're willing to get over.

Justin:

Absolutely, and honestly I think that should actually be some sort of a you know an exercise that we as dungeon masters Kind of take upon ourselves because I know for me personally when a Character tries to flirt with another NPC or something like that I might get uncomfortable or I might make it kind of comical and pretty quick, right? but like you just said taking it as a yes-and moment and Using it to spice up the plot, right? And actually one of the other points we were gonna bring up was, you know, when that happens, it could be a form of splitting the party, maybe spending too much time on one person. But you know, using it as an exercise, you might be able to think of ways to kind of incorporate this NPC a little bit more. Maybe

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah.

Justin:

they decide to flirt with someone else, kind of creating a love triangle in the party, or they're doing it on purpose, trying to split the party, right? And they become kind of a more deviant aspect. uh... or you just find ways to incorporate other people in their own kind of side quests for love i guess you can say or relationships is a better way to say it

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, totally. You know, and I like that idea of making it a multi character thing because I feel like that's another issue here is that if one person is like, not obsessing, but like really focused on like, hey, I saw this barmaid and I'm gonna you know, every evening, gonna go talk with her. Then that's a time sink, you know, and it's almost like You know, I think DMs already worry about one player kind of hogging the spotlight, you know, and if one player has this kind of side relationship that's solely about them. where they want these long conversations back and forth, then it's gonna get boring for the other players. It's gonna feel like it's not worth it for them and they're gonna get annoyed, you're gonna get annoyed that you're spending that time. And so I think that that's something that DMs and you'd be very cognizant of, right?

Justin:

Yeah. And I think, you know, we'll, we'll talk about a little bit of kind of some things you should and shouldn't do. And we'll definitely need to talk on this aspect of, uh, you know, if it is going to be a time sync, what are some things you can do to maybe mitigate that? But before we move on to, to some of our other points, one

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

last reason why I think, you know, we don't often see this and, um, both from a player. perspective and a DM perspective, I think is because, at least in the US, we're conditioned to, you know, they get married and they live happily ever after, end of story, right? Like that's the end

Tanner Weyland:

Yep.

Justin:

of story, which if you've ever been married or started a relationship, right, marriage is the beginning of like a big adventure, right? And

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

I think we need to recognize that we have that condition, right, in our brains. and recognize also that it's kind of hampering some of our creativity, because we're naturally prone to thinking you get a family and you settle down, right? But even in this modern day and age, we should get used to the fact that, you know, a lot of people work remote, so you can technically have your family on the road, and why should D&D be any different, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Absolutely, you know, because I think that some people worry that, oh hey, my type of adventure doesn't fit. And it's true for some of them, right? If you have a campaign or a mini campaign that's a dungeon crawl, it's like, yeah, having, you know, maybe your players could be related to each other, but, well, the player characters, but you're not likely going to have, you know, NPCs in that position. But if it was an expedition or like, or one where you have like a town hub where you're doing adventures from, that's such a perfect opportunity. right especially and we're going to talk about we're going to have an episode soon about you know how to do an expedition campaign, but in a setting like that, it's perfect because it's like, hey, you can have multiple NPCs on that, you know, in the wagon train, on the boat, whatever it is. And that's a great opportunity also for, you know, interacting with the same NPCs over and over again, and them really building a bond there. And I think you shouldn't shy away from that. I know it's easy to just focus on building the bond between, you know, players, characters. that's wonderful. We all want a metaphorical fellowship of the ring, right? Where everyone's like, oh, they're so tight, right? But

Justin:

Yeah.

Tanner Weyland:

it's like, hey, but you can also have other kinds of relationships to just kind of flesh out the relationship meter, if you will, with your player characters. And that's just going to make the story better in general.

Justin:

Absolutely. You know, I think when we say having a Dungeons and Dragons family, right, a family in your D&D campaign, we all too often, and we've even been talking like this, we all too often think about lover, right, wife, husband, child. But I think it'd be interesting to, you know, throw in some dynamics like uncle, grandma, godfather, you know,

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah,

Justin:

some of those

Tanner Weyland:

brother, sister,

Justin:

brother, right,

Tanner Weyland:

right? Mm-hmm.

Justin:

cousin, you know, because those... those bring sort of a small distance with them, but they can also bring somewhat of a familiarity, right? And I think that would be

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah.

Justin:

a very interesting aspect to add to your story.

Tanner Weyland:

Totally, right? And I think that it's worth talking about, how can you actually implement this well? Because I think it's something that we should all try. It gets us out of our comfort zone, but I think it adds so much more reality to the stakes in the world and also the connection. So first off, what I wouldn't recommend that you do when you're trying to get your players to have these kind of family ties. let's keep in mind that you can have a lot of relationships, like Justin was saying, like in family, but then you can also have friend relationships, right? Like when was the time that the paladin in your party met? another paladin in the city and they went out for drinks and then they also you know went out uh to go you know sword like practice sword fighting together you know things like that can also add depth and an emotional connection that if that you know friend npc got like taken away or hurt suddenly you have like reason you know you have an M.O. to like pursue the bad guy who

Justin:

Absolutely and a couple words of warning with this You won't always plan correctly like sometimes your players will just randomly develop Relationships with NPCs you never planned and ones you did plan they won't care but also as the DM You will likely need to be vulnerable yourself, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

And what do I mean by that? I mean, when you're out having drinks with the paladin, right? The player is going to role play, or ideally they are, right? It's going to be somewhat

Tanner Weyland:

Mm-hmm.

Justin:

hard for them to kind of develop those positive emotions that they don't, but they're going to role play, and so will you. And because of that, you will likely need to sort of immerse yourself in these emotions, right? And it's possible that you will have to kind of be vulnerable as the character, which will make you vulnerable as a person, right? It's kind of hard to explain, but you're acting essentially, but in order to act, you sort of have to replicate those emotions in yourself.

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, exactly. And as a DM, you know, we have, we're the ones that like the players have to do that for themselves. We have to do everyone else. And that's a big responsibility. But I think it's possible if you just let the character be interested in the in the player. like whatever that means, whether it's romantic or friendship or just interest in general, that kind of it becomes a bridge that can then lead to something else. Because oftentimes I've seen this where, you know, you do kind of develop a little bit of like, oh, a little tryst or something, or a friendship, and then it doesn't go anywhere. It doesn't affect the adventure. It doesn't, you know, become a decision point. Or something that the player actually feels like they need to spend real time on and then that becomes essentially a trophy relationship one that you just set on the you know on the mantle and you don't really look at and that kind of leads to players not feeling like they've Like the DMs willing to tango with them in terms of actually developing real relationships, you know

Justin:

Yeah, I 100% agree. I think one way, well, one way to avoid that maybe, and kind of going on the lines of things you shouldn't do, don't make the NPCs that they're trying to have relationships with one-sided or static characters. Make them dynamic with their own desires, right? So maybe they do the Paladins have drinks together. at some point they find something that they disagree over and that's going to provide an interesting point in the story because hopefully they've built up a friendship, they have this disagreement and they kind of have to learn how to navigate it, right? Or you know, this paladin has desires and he calls upon the player character for help, you know? Just, just, they should feel somewhat real, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Exactly, you know, and I think that that's such an important point there because that as a DM that could be a wonderful Catalyst for like showing a play that like hey you can develop Kind of like a video game how, you know, some RPGs will have like specific partner characters, either for friendship or romance. And you can kind of tell because they'll have different kinds of options. One thing that you could do in terms of like making up is, you know, have an NPC who has a similarity. And then after they've had some time to kind of develop that relationship, then have, like you said, that opposing view that maybe there's a little bit of a falling out or an argument. And then the next time that they see each other, you know... which you should encourage, then if the player doesn't come up to them and do something, then your NPC, you should make them go up to the player and be like, hey, I'm sorry about that, I got heated, you know, then they can share some about themselves. And then it can be a great opportunity to be like, hey, do you want to take this relationship like kind of further or be friends still or and so it's almost like a one to punch where it's like introduce them as a friend who shares interests. have a conflict, make up, and then that's almost like a good indicator to the player, hey, this can be more than just an NPC who gives you directions for the cave down the road, right?

Justin:

Yeah, exactly. I think what you're talking about is, it could be termed as like reciprocity. And that's

Tanner Weyland:

Yes.

Justin:

not a great term for it, but like, oftentimes I think, at least in my own campaigns thinking back, the problems that I've had when I've tried to create these relationships for my characters, but they've turned out to be trophy relationships is because I haven't showed interest from my characters, from my NPCs to the PCs. Right? Or interest or like I said, reciprocity. So to the PCs, it's like, oh, I wanted to talk to this person. They didn't seem like they wanted to talk to me or we did talk, but then they haven't reached back out. They're not worth my time because it was one sided, right?

Tanner Weyland:

Yeah, exactly. And I think if you are able to give that back and forth with the player, then they're gonna they're gonna pick up on it, hopefully. And if they don't teach them, you know, with time.

Justin:

Exactly.

Tanner Weyland:

I think but like kind of what's the what's the end goal? For me, I feel like the end goal of any kind of relationship that the players build in world. The end goal is that it's supposed to enrich the story. And so I would, and this is the kind of evil DM in me speaking. I would totally take advantage of these relationships, you know, build them up. And then suddenly, oh my goodness, your baby just got kidnapped. Well,...

Why We Create Expectations about Ourselves

This episode is about D&D and it’s about life in some small way. Playing dungeons and dragons is something we do just like everything else we do, and because of that, we can often create expectations around the way we do things. 

I think it stems from our ability to think about how we think about things. Maybe subconsciously, we need some sort of purpose or we need to feel like we are achieving something.

Either way, having certain unchecked expectations can be pretty damaging and counterproductive. For the most part, D&D is just a game. For some people it’s a game that is part of their livelihood. Hopefully, for no one is it life or death. Because of that, I think we need to all relax a little bit, breathe and readjust some of our personal expectations that might be making things less than fun.

I can’t take breaks

Believe me, I know that you have had your campaign going for years now and you don’t want to risk it’s fading away by taking a week or two off. I’m in the same boat. My group has been playing for a little over 3 years and to be honest, everytime I think about taking a week or so off, it gives me a little anxiety.

But guess what?

That anxiety is all in my head. 

If we took a week off, we would be back the next week. This expectation is false because everyone in my group is committed to the game.

I know that because we’ve been doing it for 3 years.

So if you have thought that maybe you could use a break as the DM, don’t let yourself stop you from getting a probably well-deserved break.

Either take a week off, or have one of your players DM for a session. In my campaign, I invited each of my players to take on the DMing of storiella within the campaign. Two have taken me up on my invite and we enjoyed their one-shots tremendously.

The best part for me was being able to relax for a week span here and there and let myself recharge a little bit. It also clued me into the fact that things might have gotten a bit stale. For example, I haven’t been doing as many combat encounters as I used to. I’ve also let the story sort of wander away from me, rather than directing it like a stagecoach driver.

I can’t change things up

As I mentioned before, I’ve recently noticed that I’ve been doing things the same way and things have gotten somewhat stale. I noticed this during my last session with my players in which is was pretty apparent that everyone was somewhat bored. I decided to end the session early and move onto the next story element, rather than making them slug away at the boring parts.

Too often, we slip into routine. This is both a good thing and a bad thing. Routine helps us maximize effort and optimize brain power. It’s exhausting to think of everything, that’s why when you have new experiences it seems that time slows down or more fits into a period of time. When you do routine things instead, you find that time passed more quickly, and frankly, sometimes time passes without you realizing what is going on. You find yourself somewhere without knowing how you got there.

When it comes to D&D, routine can be both good and bad. The key is to key off your players. If they seem like they are enjoying every single session, then bully for you. If not, then you should change things up. As they say, “If you always do what you’ve always done, then you’ll always get what you always got.”

I have to do it THIS way

Youtube is an amazing invention. It has probably educated more people than the public education system ever has, simply because now if you have wifi, you have access to hundreds of millions of videos on all sorts of subjects.

In the world of Dungeons and Dragons, there are Youtube Dungeon Masters a plenty. For the most part, these Online DMs are talented, practiced and have spent many hours and lots of money creating a great D&D production.

Sometimes though, you and I might fall into the trap of watching their shows, loving every minute of it, and then slipping into the thought that everything we do has to mirror or resemble their methods. I know that I often stop myself from doing things just because, “Well, on Critical Role they do this…”